⬇ Download Markdown · ⬇ Download LaTeX · ⬇ original · view original · CSV: table 1, table 2, table 3, table 4, table 5, table 6, table 7, table 8, table 9, table 10, table 11, table 12, table 13, table 14, table 15, table 16, table 17, table 18, table 19, table 20, table 21, table 22, table 23, table 24, table 25, table 26, table 27, table 28, table 29, table 30, table 31, table 32, table 33, table 34, table 35, table 36, table 37
Product Folder Order Now Support & Community Tools & Software Technical Documents TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
• •
• • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Multichannel high-performance ADC: – 4-channel analog microphones or line-in, – 8-channel digital PDM microphones, or – Combination of analog and digital microphones ADC line and microphone differential input performance: – Dynamic range (DR): 106 dB – THD+N: –98 dB ADC channel summing mode, DR performance: – 109-dB, 2-channel summing – 112-dB, 4-channel summing ADC input voltage: – Differential, 2-V RMS full-scale inputs – Single-ended, 1-V RMS full-scale inputs ADC sample rate (f S ) = 8 kHz to 768 kHz Programmable channel settings: – Channel gain: 0 dB to 42 dB, 1-dB steps – Digital volume control: –100 dB to 27 dB – Gain calibration with 0.1-dB resolution – Phase calibration with 163-ns resolution Programmable microphone bias or supply voltage generation Low-latency signal processing filter selection Programmable HPF and biquad digital filters Automatic gain controller (AGC) I 2 C or SPI controls Integrated high-performance audio PLL Automatic clock divider setting configurations Audio serial data interface: – Format: TDM, I 2 S, or left-justified (LJ) – Word length: 16 bits, 20 bits, 24 bits, or 32 bits – Master or slave interface Single-supply operation: 3.3 V or 1.8 V I/O-supply operation: 3.3 V or 1.8 V Power consumption for 1.8-V AVDD supply: – 8.5 mW/channel at 16-kHz sample rate – 9.2 mW/channel at 48-kHz sample rate Microphone array systems Voice-activated digital assistants Teleconferencing systems Security and surveillance systems
The TLV320ADC3140 is a Burr-Brown™ highperformance, audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that supports simultaneous sampling of up to four analog channels or eight digital channels for the pulse density modulation (PDM) microphone input. The device supports line and microphone inputs, and allows for both single-ended and differential input configurations. The device integrates programable channel gain, digital volume control, a programmable microphone bias voltage, a phase-locked loop (PLL), a programmable high-pass filter (HPF), biquad filters, low-latency filter modes, and allows for sample rates up to 768 kHz. The device supports time-division multiplexing (TDM), I 2 S, or left-justified (LJ) audio formats, and can be controlled with either the I 2 C or SPI interface. These integrated high-performance features, along with the ability to be powered from a single-supply of 3.3 V or 1.8 V, make the device an excellent choice for space-constrained audio systems in far-field microphone recording applications. The TLV320ADC3140 is specified from –40°C to +125°C, and is offered in a 24-pin WQFN package.
Device Information (1) PART NUMBER
TLV320ADC3140 PACKAGE BODY SIZE (NOM) WQFN (24) 4.00 mm × 4.00 mm with 0.5-mm pitch
(1) For all available packages, see the package option addendum
at the end of the data sheet.
Simplified Block Diagram IN1P_GPI1
IN1M_GPO1 SHDNZ PLL and Clock Generation Digital PDM Microphones
Interface GPIO1 IN2P_GPI2 FSYNC IN2M_GPO2 IN3P_GPI3
IN3M_GPO3 Quad Channel
ADC with Front-End PGA Programmable Digital Filters, Biquads and
AGC BCLK Audio Serial Interface (TDM, I 2 S, LJ)
IN4P_GPI4 SDA_SSZ IN4M_GPO4 MICBIAS SDOUT SCL_MOSI MICBIAS, Regulators and
Voltage Reference 2 I C or SPI Control
Interface ADDR0_SCLK ADDR1_MISO VREF AREG DREG Thermal Pad
(VSS)
AVSS AVDD IOVDD 1 An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications, intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Features .................................................................. 1 Applications ........................................................... 1 Description ............................................................. 1 Revision History..................................................... 2 Device Comparison Table..................................... 3 Pin Configuration and Functions ......................... 4 Specifications......................................................... 6 7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................... 6 7.2 ESD Ratings.............................................................. 6 7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions....................... 6 7.4 Thermal Information .................................................. 7 7.5 Electrical Characteristics........................................... 7 7.6 Timing Requirements: I 2 C Interface........................ 11 7.7 Switching Characteristics: I 2 C Interface.................. 11 7.8 Timing Requirements: SPI Interface ....................... 12 7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface ................. 12 7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I 2 S or LJ Interface... 12 7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I 2 S or LJ
Interface ................................................................... 12 7.12 Timing Requirements: PDM Digital Microphone
Interface ................................................................... 13 7.13 Switching Characteristics: PDM Digial Microphone
Interface ................................................................... 13 7.14 Typical Characteristics .......................................... 15 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 9 Overview ................................................................. 17 Functional Block Diagram ....................................... 18 Feature Description................................................. 18 Device Functional Modes........................................ 54 Programming........................................................... 55 Register Maps ......................................................... 59 Application and Implementation ...................... 106 9.1 Application Information.......................................... 106 9.2 Typical Applications .............................................. 106 9.3 What to Do and What Not to Do ........................... 113 10 Power Supply Recommendations ................... 113 11 Layout................................................................. 114
11.1 Layout Guidelines ............................................... 114 11.2 Layout Example .................................................. 114 12 Device and Documentation Support ............... 115
12.1 Documentation Support ...................................... 115 12.2 Receiving Notification of Documentation
Updates.................................................................. 115 12.3 Community Resources........................................ 115 12.4 Trademarks ......................................................... 115 12.5 Electrostatic Discharge Caution .......................... 115 12.6 Glossary .............................................................. 115 13 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable
Information ......................................................... 115 Detailed Description ............................................ 17
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
Changes from Revision A (July 2019) to Revision B
• 2 Page
Changed document status from advance information to production data ............................................................................. 1 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
FEATURES TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC5140 TLV320ADC6140 2 Control interface I C or SPI TDM, I 2 S, or left-justified (LJ) Digital audio serial interface
Audio analog channel 4 4
Digital PDM channel 8 8 8
Not available Available Available
Dynamic range (DRE disabled) 106 dB 108 dB 113 dB
Dynamic range (DRE enabled) Not available 120 dB 123 dB Dynamic range enhancer (DRE)
Compatibility
Package 4 Pin-to-pin, package, and control registers compatible; drop-in replacements of each other
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 3 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
DREG FSYNC BCLK SDOUT GPIO1 IOVDD 24 23 22 21 20 19 RTW Package 24-Pin WQFN With Exposed Thermal Pad
| 24 | 23 22 21 20 | 19 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| AVDD | 1 | 18 | SDA_SSZ | ||
| AREG | 2 | 17 | SCL_MOSI | ||
| VREF | 3 | 16 | ADDR0_SCLK | ||
| Thermal Pad (VSS) | |||||
| AVSS | 4 | 15 | ADDR1_MISO | ||
| MICBIAS | 5 | 14 | SHDNZ | ||
| IN1P_GPI1 | 6 | 13 | IN4M_GPO4 | ||
| 7 | 8 9 10 11 | 12 | |||
7 8 9 10 11 12 IN1M_GPO1 IN2P_GPI2 IN2M_GPO2 IN3P_GPI3 IN3M_GPO3 IN4P_GPI4 Thermal Pad (VSS)
Not to scale Pin Functions PIN
| PIN | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | |
|---|---|---|---|
| NO. | NAME | TYPE | DESCRIPTION |
| 1 | AVDD | Analog supply | Analog power (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal) |
| 2 | AREG | Analog supply | Analog on-chip regulator output voltage for analog supply (1.8 V, nominal) or external analog power (1.8 V, nominal) |
| 3 | VREF | Analog | Analog reference voltage filter output |
| 4 | AVSS | Analog supply | Analog ground. Short this pin directly to the board ground plane. |
| 5 | MICBIAS | Analog | MICBIAS output |
| 6 | IN1P_GPI1 | Analog input/digital input | Analog input 1P pin or general-purpose digital input 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) |
| 7 | IN1M_GPO1 | Analog input/digital output | Analog input 1M pin or general-purpose digital output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) |
| 8 | IN2P_GPI2 | Analog input/digital input | Analog input 2P pin or general-purpose digital input 2 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) |
| 9 | IN2M_GPO2 | Analog input/digital output | Analog input 2M pin or general-purpose digital output 2 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) |
| 10 | IN3P_GPI3 | Analog input/digital input | Analog input 3P pin or general-purpose digital input 3 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) |
| 11 | IN3M_GPO3 | Analog input/digital output | Analog input 3M pin or general-purpose digital output 3 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) |
| 12 | IN4P_GPI4 | Analog input/digital input | Analog input 4P pin or general-purpose digital input 4 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) |
| 13 | IN4M_GPO4 | Analog input/digital output | Analog input 4M pin or general-purpose digital output 4 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) |
| 14 | SHDNZ | Digital input | Device hardware shutdown and reset (active low) |
| 15 | ADDR1_MISO | Digital I/O | For I2 C operation: I2 C slave address A1 pin For SPI operation: SPI slave output pin |
| 16 | ADDR0_SCLK | Digital input | For I2 C operation: I2 C slave address A0 pin For SPI operation : SPI serial bit clock |
| 17 | SCL_MOSI | Digital input | For I2 C operation: clock pin for I2 C control bus For SPI operation: SPI slave input pin |
| 18 | SDA_SSZ | Digital I/O | For I2 C operation: data pin for I2 C control bus For SPI operation: SPI slave-select pin |
| 19 | IOVDD | Digital supply | Digital I/O power supply (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal) |
| 20 | GPIO1 | Digital I/O | General-purpose digital input/output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones clock or data, PLL input clock source, interrupt, and so forth) |
| 21 | SDOUT | Digital output | Audio serial data interface bus output |
| 22 | BCLK | Digital I/O | Audio serial data interface bus bit clock |
| 23 | FSYNC | Digital I/O | Audio serial data interface bus frame synchronization signal |
| 24 | DREG | Digital supply | Digital regulator output voltage for digital core supply (1.5 V, nominal) |
| Thermal Pad | Thermal Pad (VSS) | Ground supply | Thermal pad shorted to internal device ground. Short the thermal pad directly to the board ground plane. |
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Pin Functions (continued)
PIN
TYPE DESCRIPTION NO. NAME 16 ADDR0_SCLK Digital input For I
2 C operation: I 2 C slave address A0 pin For SPI operation : SPI serial bit clock 17 SCL_MOSI Digital input For I
2 C operation: clock pin for I 2 C control bus For SPI operation: SPI slave input pin 18 SDA_SSZ Digital I/O For I
2 C operation: data pin for I 2 C control bus For SPI operation: SPI slave-select pin 19 IOVDD Digital supply
20 GPIO1 Digital I/O
21 SDOUT Digital output Audio serial data interface bus output 22 BCLK Digital I/O Audio serial data interface bus bit clock 23 FSYNC Digital I/O Audio serial data interface bus frame synchronization signal 24 DREG Digital supply Digital regulator output voltage for digital core supply (1.5 V, nominal)
Thermal Pad
(VSS) Ground supply Thermal pad shorted to internal device ground. Short the thermal pad directly to the board ground plane.
Thermal Pad Digital I/O power supply (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal) General-purpose digital input/output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones clock or data, PLL input clock source, interrupt, and so forth)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 5
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
MIN MAX
AVDD to AVSS –0.3 3.9
AREG to AVSS –0.3 2.0
IOVDD to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 3.9
Ground voltage differences AVSS to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 0.3 V
Analog input voltage Analog input pins voltage to AVSS –0.3 AVDD + 0.3 V
Digital input except INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 IOVDD + 0.3
Digital input INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 AVDD + 0.3
Operating ambient, T A –40 125 Junction, T J –40 150 Storage, T stg –65 150 Supply voltage Digital input voltage Temperature (1)
UNIT V V °C Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only, which do not imply functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating Conditions. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
VALUE V (ESD)
(1) (2)
Electrostatic discharge Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 (1) ±2000 Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101 (2) ±500 UNIT V JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.
MIN NOM MAX Analog supply voltage AVDD to AVSS (AREG is generated using onchip regulator) - AVDD 3.3-V operation 3.0 3.3 3.6
Analog supply voltage AVDD and AREG to AVSS (AREG internal regulator is shutdown) - AVDD 1.8-V operation 1.7 1.8 1.9
IO supply voltage to VSS (thermal pad) - IOVDD 3.3-V operation 3.0 3.3 3.6
IO supply voltage to VSS (thermal pad) - IOVDD 1.8-V operation 1.65 1.8 1.95 UNIT
POWER AVDD, AREG (1)
IOVDD V V INPUTS
Analog input pins voltage to AVSS 0 AVDD V
Digital input except INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) 0 IOVDD V
Digital input INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) 0 AVDD V –40 125 °C 36.864 MHz TEMPERATURE
T A Operating ambient temperature OTHERS
GPIOx or GPIx (used as MCLK input) clock frequency C b C L
(1)
6 SCL and SDA bus capacitance for I 2 C interface supports standard-mode and fastmode 400 SCL and SDA bus capacitance for I 2 C interface supports fast-mode plus 550
Digital output load capacitance pF 20 50 pF
AVSS and VSS (thermal pad): all ground pins must be tied together and must not differ in voltage by more than 0.2 V.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
TLV320ADCx140 THERMAL METRIC (1) RTW (WQFN) UNIT
24 PINS
R θJA Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance 32.6 °C/W R θJC(top) Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance 25.0 °C/W R θJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance 11.9 °C/W ψ JT Junction-to-top characterization parameter 0.2 °C/W ψ JB Junction-to-board characterization parameter 11.9 °C/W R θJC(bot) Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance 2.9 °C/W
(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics application
report.
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
ADC CONFIGURATION AC input impedance Channel gain range Input pins INxP or INxM, 2.5-kΩ input impedance selection 2.5
Input pins INxP or INxM, 10-kΩ input impedance selection 10
Input pins INxP or INxM, 20-kΩ input impednace selection 20
Programmable range with 1-dB steps 0 kΩ 42 dB
ADC PERFORMANCE FOR LINE/MICROPHONE INPUT RECORDING : AVDD 3.3-V OPERATION
Differential input full-scale AC signal voltage AC-coupled input 2 V RMS
Single-ended input fullscale AC signal voltage AC-coupled input 1 V RMS Signal-to-noise ratio, Aweighted (1) (2) SNR Dynamic range, Aweighted (2) DR THD+N Total harmonic distortion (2) (3)
IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 100 106
dB IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB channel gain 102 IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 107 IN1 differential input selected and –72-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB channel gain 103 IN1 differential input selected and –1-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain –98 IN1 differential input selected and –13-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB channel gain –94 dB –80
dB ADC PERFORMANCE FOR LINE/MICROPHONE INPUT RECORDING : AVDD 1.8-V OPERATION SNR (1)
(2)
(3)
Differential input full-scale AC signal voltage AC-coupled Input 1 V RMS
Single-ended input fullscale AC signal voltage AC-coupled Input 0.5 V RMS Signal-to-noise ratio, Aweighted (1) (2)
IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 100 dB Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the AC signal input shorted to ground, measured Aweighted over a 20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer. All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may result in higher THD and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values. For best distortion performance, use input AC-coupling capacitors with low-voltage-coefficient.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 7
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS DR Dynamic range, A- weighted (2)
IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain THD+N Total harmonic distortion (2) (3)
IN1 differential input selected and –2-dB full-scale AC signal Input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0 dB channel gain MIN TYP MAX UNIT 101 dB –90 dB ADC OTHER PARAMETERS
Digital volume control range Programmable 0.5-dB steps –100 27 dB
Output data sample rate Programmable 7.35 768 kHz
Output data sample word length Programmable 16 32 Bits
Digital high-pass filter cutoff frequency First-order IIR filter with programmable coefficients, –3- dB point (default setting) 12 Hz
Interchannel isolation –1-dB full-scale AC-signal input to non measurement channel –124 dB
Interchannel gain mismatch –6-dB full-scale AC-signal input and 0-dB channel gain 0.1 dB
Gain drift 0-dB channel gain, across temperature range 15°C to 35°C –4.4 ppm/°C
Interchannel phase mismatch 1-kHz sinusoidal signal 0.02 Degrees
Phase drift 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, across temperature range 15°C to 35°C 0.0005 Degrees/°C
PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio 100-mV PP , 1-kHz sinusoidal signal on AVDD, differential input selected, 0-dB channel gain 102 dB CMRR Common-mode rejection ratio Differential microphone input selected, 0-dB channel gain, 100-mV PP , 1-kHz signal on both pins and measure level at output 60 dB
between MICBIAS and AVSS 1.6 µV RMS MICROPHONE BIAS MICBIAS noise MICBIAS programmed to VREF and VREF programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V
MICBIAS voltage VREF MICBIAS programmed to VREF × 1.096 and VREF programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V VREF ×
1.096
Bypass to AVDD with 20-mA load MICBIAS current drive MICBIAS load regulation V AVDD – 0.2
MICBIAS voltage ≥ 2.5 V 20
MICBIAS voltage < 2.5 V 10
MICBIAS programmed to either VREF or VREF × 1.096, measured up to max load
MICBIAS over current protection threshold 0.1 0.6 1.8 30 mA % mA DIGITAL I/O V IL V IH V OL 8 Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD 1.8-V operation –0.3 0.35 × IOVDD
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD 3.3-V operation –0.3 0.8
0.65 × IOVDD IOVDD +
0.3
2 IOVDD + 0.3 All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD High-level digital input logic 1.8-V operation voltage threshold All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD
3.3-V operation Low-level digital output voltage All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, I OL = –2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation 0.45
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, I OL = –2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation 0.4 Submit Documentation Feedback V V V Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
PARAMETER V OH High-level digital output voltage TEST CONDITIONS MIN
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, I OH = 2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation IOVDD –
0.45
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, I OH = 2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation 2.4 TYP MAX UNIT V V IL(I2C) Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold SDA and SCL –0.5 0.3 x IOVDD V
V IH(I2C) High-level digital input logic SDA and SCL voltage threshold 0.7 x IOVDD IOVDD + 0.5 V
V OL1(I2C) Low-level digital output voltage SDA, I OL(I2C) = –3 mA, IOVDD > 2 V 0.4 V
V OL2(I2C) Low-level digital output voltage SDA, I OL(I2C) = –2 mA, IOVDD ≤ 2 V 0.2 x IOVDD V
I OL(I2C) Low-level digital output current I IH
Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = IOVDD –5 0.1 5 µA
I IL Input logic-low leakage for digital inputs All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = 0 V –5 0.1 5 µA V IL(GPIx) Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation –0.3 0.35 × AVDD
VAll INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation –0.3 0.8
0.65 × AVDD AVDD + 0.3
2 AVDD + 0.3 V IH(GPIx)
V OL(GPOx)
V OH(GPOx)
| PARAMETER | TEST CONDITIONS | MIN TYP MAX | UNIT | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DR | Dynamic range, A-weighted(2) | IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain | 101 | dB |
| THD+N | Total harmonic distortion(2) (3) | IN1 differential input selected and –2-dB full-scale AC signal Input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0 dB channel gain | –90 | dB |
| ADC OTHER PARAMETERS | ADC OTHER PARAMETERS | ADC OTHER PARAMETERS | ADC OTHER PARAMETERS | ADC OTHER PARAMETERS |
| Digital volume control range | Programmable 0.5-dB steps | –100 27 | dB | |
| Output data sample rate | Programmable | 7.35 768 | kHz | |
| Output data sample word length | Programmable | 16 32 | Bits | |
| Digital high-pass filter cutoff frequency | First-order IIR filter with programmable coefficients, –3-dB point (default setting) | 12 | Hz | |
| Interchannel isolation | –1-dB full-scale AC-signal input to non measurement channel | –124 | dB | |
| Interchannel gain mismatch | –6-dB full-scale AC-signal input and 0-dB channel gain | 0.1 | dB | |
| Gain drift | 0-dB channel gain, across temperature range 15°C to 35°C | –4.4 | ppm/°C | |
| Interchannel phase mismatch | 1-kHz sinusoidal signal | 0.02 | Degrees | |
| Phase drift | 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, across temperature range 15°C to 35°C | 0.0005 | Degrees/°C | |
| PSRR | Power-supply rejection ratio | 100-mVPP , 1-kHz sinusoidal signal on AVDD, differential input selected, 0-dB channel gain | 102 | dB |
| CMRR | Common-mode rejection ratio | Differential microphone input selected, 0-dB channel gain, 100-mVPP , 1-kHz signal on both pins and measure level at output | 60 | dB |
| MICROPHONE BIAS | MICROPHONE BIAS | MICROPHONE BIAS | MICROPHONE BIAS | MICROPHONE BIAS |
| MICBIAS noise | BW = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, A-weighted, 1-μF capacitor between MICBIAS and AVSS | 1.6 | µVRMS | |
| MICBIAS voltage | MICBIAS programmed to VREF and VREF programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V | VREF | V | |
| MICBIAS voltage | MICBIAS programmed to VREF × 1.096 and VREF programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V | VREF ×1.096 | V | |
| MICBIAS voltage | Bypass to AVDD with 20-mA load | AVDD – 0.2 | V | |
| MICBIAS current drive | MICBIAS voltage ≥ 2.5 V | 20 | mA | |
| MICBIAS current drive | MICBIAS voltage < 2.5 V | 10 | mA | |
| MICBIAS load regulation | MICBIAS programmed to either VREF or VREF × 1.096, measured up to max load | 0.1 0.6 1.8 | % | |
| MICBIAS over current protection threshold | 30 | mA | ||
| DIGITAL I/O | DIGITAL I/O | DIGITAL I/O | DIGITAL I/O | DIGITAL I/O |
| VIL | Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD1.8-V operation | –0.3 IOVDD 0.35 × | V |
| VIL | Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD3.3-V operation | –0.3 0.8 | V |
| VIH | High-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD1.8-V operation | 0.65 × IOVDD +IOVDD 0.3 | V |
| VIH | High-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD3.3-V operation | 2 IOVDD 0.3 + | V |
| VOL | Low-level digital output voltage | All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOL =–2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation | 0.45 | V |
| VOL | Low-level digital output voltage | All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOL =–2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation | 0.4 | V |
| VOH | High-level digital output voltage | All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOH =2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation | IOVDD – 0.45 | V |
| VOH | High-level digital output voltage | All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOH =2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation | 2.4 | V |
| VIL(I2C) | Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold | SDA and SCL | –0.5 0.3 x IOVDD | V |
| VIH(I2C) | High-level digital input logic voltage threshold | SDA and SCL | 0.7 x IOVDD IOVDD 0.5 + | V |
| VOL1(I2C) | Low-level digital output voltage | SDA, IOL(I2C) = –3 mA, IOVDD > 2 V | 0.4 | V |
| VOL2(I2C) | Low-level digital output voltage | SDA, IOL(I2C) = –2 mA, IOVDD ≤ 2 V | 0.2 x IOVDD | V |
| IOL(I2C) | Low-level digital output current | SDA, VOL(I2C) = 0.4 V, standard-mode or fast-mode | 3 | mA |
| IOL(I2C) | Low-level digital output current | SDA, VOL(I2C) = 0.4 V, fast-mode plus | 20 | mA |
| IIH | Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs | All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = IOVDD | –5 0.1 5 | µA |
| IL I | Input logic-low leakage for digital inputs | All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = 0 V | –5 0.1 5 | µA |
| VIL(GPIx) | Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation | –0.3 0.35 AVDD × | V |
| VIL(GPIx) | Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation | –0.3 0.8 | V |
| VIH(GPIx) | High-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation | 0.65 AVDD × AVDD + 0.3 | V |
| VIH(GPIx) | High-level digital input logic voltage threshold | All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation | 2 AVDD + 0.3 | V |
| VOL(GPOx) | Low-level digital output voltage | All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOL = –2 mA, AVDD 1.8-V operation | 0.45 | V |
| VOL(GPOx) | Low-level digital output voltage | All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOL = –2 mA, AVDD 3.3-V operation | 0.4 | V |
| VOH(GPOx) | High-level digital output voltage | All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOH = 2 mA, AVDD 1.8-V operation | AVDD – 0.45 | V |
| VOH(GPOx) | High-level digital output voltage | All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOH = 2 mA, AVDD 3.3-V operation | 2.4 | V |
| IIH(GPIx) | Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs | All INxP_GPIx digital pins, input = AVDD | –5 0.1 5 | µA |
| IIL(GPIx) | Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs | All INxP_GPIx digital pins, input = 0 V | –5 0.1 5 | µA |
| CIN | Input capacitance for digital inputs | All digital pins | 5 | pF |
| RPD | Pulldown resistance for digital I/O pins when asserted on | 20 | kΩ | |
| TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION | TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION | TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION | TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION | TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION |
| IAVDD | Current consumption in hardware shutdown mode | SHDNZ = 0, AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG | 0.5 | µA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption in hardware shutdown mode | SHDNZ = 0, AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) | 0.5 | µA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption in hardware shutdown mode | SHDNZ = 0, all external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 3.3 V | 0.1 | µA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption in hardware shutdown mode | SHDNZ = 0, all external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V | 0.1 | µA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption in sleep mode (software shutdown mode) | All external clocks stopped, AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG | 5 | µA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption in sleep mode (software shutdown mode) | All external clocks stopped, AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) | 5 | µA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption in sleep mode (software shutdown mode) | All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 3.3 V | 0.1 | µA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption in sleep mode (software shutdown mode) | All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V | 0.1 | µA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption with ADC 2-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL off and BCLK = 512 × fS | AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG | 11.3 | mA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption with ADC 2-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL off and BCLK = 512 × fS | AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) | 10.7 | mA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption with ADC 2-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL off and BCLK = 512 × fS | IOVDD = 3.3 V | 0.1 | mA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption with ADC 2-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL off and BCLK = 512 × fS | IOVDD = 1.8 V | 0.05 | mA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 16-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG | 19.7 | mA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 16-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) | 18.6 | mA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 16-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | IOVDD = 3.3 V | 0.05 | mA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 16-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | IOVDD = 1.8 V | 0.02 | mA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG | 21.3 | mA |
| IAVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) | 20.2 | mA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | IOVDD = 3.3 V | 0.1 | mA |
| IIOVDD | Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS | IOVDD = 1.8 V | 0.05 | mA |
All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.1 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 µA µA 9
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
PARAMETER
I AVDD TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP
AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 11.3
AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 10.7
I IOVDD IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.05 I AVDD AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 19.7
AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 18.6
I IOVDD IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.02 I AVDD AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 21.3
I AVDD
I IOVDD I AVDD
I IOVDD I AVDD
I IOVDD I IOVDD 10 Current consumption with ADC 2-channel operating at f S 48-kHz, PLL off and BCLK = 512 × f S Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating
Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at f S 48-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × f S Submit Documentation Feedback MAX UNIT mA mA mA Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
| MIN NOM MAX | UNIT | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| STANDARD-MODE | ||||
| fSCL | SCL clock frequency | 0 100 | kHz | |
| tHD;STA | Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. | Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. | 4 | μs |
| tLOW | Low period of the SCL clock | Low period of the SCL clock | 4.7 | μs |
| tHIGH | High period of the SCL clock | High period of the SCL clock | 4 | μs |
| tSU;STA | Setup time for a repeated START condition | Setup time for a repeated START condition | 4.7 | μs |
| tHD;DAT | Data hold time | Data hold time | 0 3.45 | μs |
| tSU;DAT | Data setup time | Data setup time | 250 | ns |
| tr | SDA and SCL rise time | SDA and SCL rise time | 1000 | ns |
| tf | SDA and SCL fall time | SDA and SCL fall time | 300 | ns |
| tSU;STO | Setup time for STOP condition | Setup time for STOP condition | 4 | μs |
| tBUF | Bus free time between a STOP and START condition | Bus free time between a STOP and START condition | 4.7 | μs |
| FAST-MODE | FAST-MODE | FAST-MODE | FAST-MODE | FAST-MODE |
| fSCL | SCL clock frequency | SCL clock frequency | 0 400 | kHz |
| tHD;STA | Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. | Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. | 0.6 | μs |
| tLOW | Low period of the SCL clock | Low period of the SCL clock | 1.3 | μs |
| tHIGH | High period of the SCL clock | High period of the SCL clock | 0.6 | μs |
| tSU;STA | Setup time for a repeated START condition | Setup time for a repeated START condition | 0.6 | μs |
| tHD;DAT | Data hold time | Data hold time | 0 0.9 | μs |
| tSU;DAT | Data setup time | Data setup time | 100 | ns |
| tr | SDA and SCL rise time | SDA and SCL rise time | 20 300 | ns |
| tf | SDA and SCL fall time | SDA and SCL fall time | 20 × (IOVDD / 3005.5 V) | ns |
| tSU;STO | Setup time for STOP condition | Setup time for STOP condition | 0.6 | μs |
| tBUF | Bus free time between a STOP and START condition | Bus free time between a STOP and START condition | 1.3 | μs |
| FAST-MODE PLUS | FAST-MODE PLUS | FAST-MODE PLUS | FAST-MODE PLUS | FAST-MODE PLUS |
| fSCL | SCL clock frequency | SCL clock frequency | 0 1000 | kHz |
| tHD;STA | Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. | Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. | 0.26 | μs |
| tLOW | Low period of the SCL clock | Low period of the SCL clock | 0.5 | μs |
| tHIGH | High period of the SCL clock | High period of the SCL clock | 0.26 | μs |
| tSU;STA | Setup time for a repeated START condition | Setup time for a repeated START condition | 0.26 | μs |
| tHD;DAT | Data hold time | Data hold time | 0 | μs |
| tSU;DAT | Data setup time | Data setup time | 50 | ns |
| tr | SDA and SCL rise time | SDA and SCL rise time | 120 | ns |
| tf | SDA and SCL fall time | SDA and SCL fall time | 20 × (IOVDD / 1205.5 V) | ns |
| tSU;STO | Setup time for STOP condition | Setup time for STOP condition | 0.26 | μs |
| tBUF | Bus free time between a STOP and START condition | Bus free time between a STOP and START condition | 0.5 | μs |
| 7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2 C Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram | 7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2 C Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram | 7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2 C Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram | 7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2 C Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram | 7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2 C Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram |
| PARAMETER | PARAMETER | TEST CONDITIONS | MIN TYP MAX | UNIT |
| td(SDA) | SCL to SDA delay | Standard-mode | 250 1250 | ns |
| td(SDA) | SCL to SDA delay | Fast-mode | 250 850 | ns |
| td(SDA) | SCL to SDA delay | Fast-mode plus | 400 | ns |
| t(SCLK) | SCLK period | SCLK period | 40 | ns |
| tH(SCLK) | SCLK high pulse duration | SCLK high pulse duration | 18 | ns |
| tL(SCLK) | SCLK low pulse duration | SCLK low pulse duration | 18 | ns |
| tLEAD | Enable lead time | Enable lead time | 16 | ns |
| tTRAIL | Enable trail time | Enable trail time | 16 | ns |
| tDSEQ | Sequential transfer delay | Sequential transfer delay | 20 | ns |
| tSU(MOSI) | MOSI data setup time | MOSI data setup time | 8 | ns |
| tHLD(MOSI) | MOSI data hold time | MOSI data hold time | 8 | ns |
| tr(SCLK) | SCLK rise time | 10% -90% rise time | 6 | ns |
| tf(SCLK) | SCLK fall time | 90% -10% fall time | 6 | ns |
| 7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram | 7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram | 7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram | 7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram | 7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram |
| PARAMETER | PARAMETER | TEST CONDITIONS | MIN TYP MAX | UNIT |
| ta(MISO) | MISO access time | 16 | ns | |
| td(MISO) | SCLK to MISO delay | 50% of SCLK to 50% of MISO | 16 | ns |
| tdis(MISO) | MISO disable time | 20 | ns | |
| 7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | 7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | 7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | 7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | 7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram |
| MIN NOM MAX | UNIT | |||
| t(BCLK) | BCLK period | BCLK period | 40 | ns |
| tH(BCLK) | BCLK high pulse duration (1) | BCLK high pulse duration (1) | 18 | ns |
| tL(BCLK) | BCLK low pulse duration (1) | BCLK low pulse duration (1) | 18 | ns |
| tSU(FSYNC) | FSYNC setup time | FSYNC setup time | 8 | ns |
| tHLD(FSYNC) | FSYNC hold time | FSYNC hold time | 8 | ns |
| tr(BCLK) | BCLK rise time | 10% -90% rise time | 10 | ns |
| tf(BCLK) | BCLK fall time | 90% -10% fall time | 10 | ns |
| (1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data. 7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | (1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data. 7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | (1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data. 7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | (1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data. 7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram | (1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data. 7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2 S or LJ Interface at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram |
| PARAMETER | PARAMETER | TEST CONDITIONS | MIN TYP MAX | UNIT |
| td(SDOUT-BCLK) | BCLK to SDOUT delay | 50% of BCLK to 50% of SDOUT | 18 | ns |
| td(SDOUT-FSYNC) | FSYNC to SDOUT delay in TDM or LJ mode (for MSB data with TX_OFFSET = 0) | 50% of FSYNC to 50% of SDOUT | 18 | ns |
| f(BCLK) | BCLK output clock frequency: master mode (1) | 24.576 | MHz | |
| tH(BCLK) | BCLK high pulse duration: master mode | 14 | ns | |
| tL(BCLK) | BCLK low pulse duration: master mode | 14 | ns | |
| td(FSYNC) | BCLK to FSYNC delay: master mode | 50% of BCLK to 50% of FSYNC | 18 | ns |
| tr(BCLK) | BCLK rise time: master mode | 10% -90% rise time | 8 | ns |
| tf(BCLK) | BCLK fall time: master mode | 90% -10% fall time | 8 | ns |
PARAMETER t d(SDA) SCL to SDA delay TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX Standard-mode 250 1250 Fast-mode 250 850 Fast-mode plus UNIT Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 ns 400 11
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
MIN NOM MAX UNIT
t (SCLK) SCLK period 40 ns t H(SCLK) SCLK high pulse duration 18 ns t L(SCLK) SCLK low pulse duration 18 ns t LEAD Enable lead time 16 ns t TRAIL Enable trail time 16 ns t DSEQ Sequential transfer delay 20 ns t SU(MOSI) MOSI data setup time 8 ns t HLD(MOSI) MOSI data hold time 8 t r(SCLK) SCLK rise time 10% - 90% rise time 6 ns t f(SCLK) SCLK fall time 90% - 10% fall time 6 ns ns
PARAMETER t a(MISO) MISO access time t d(MISO) SCLK to MISO delay t dis(MISO) MISO disable time TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP 50% of SCLK to 50% of MISO MAX UNIT
16 ns 16 ns 20 ns
MIN NOM MAX UNIT
t (BCLK) BCLK period 40 ns t H(BCLK) BCLK high pulse duration (1) 18 ns t L(BCLK) BCLK low pulse duration (1) 18 ns t SU(FSYNC) FSYNC setup time 8 ns t HLD(FSYNC) FSYNC hold time 8 t r(BCLK) BCLK rise time 10% - 90% rise time 10 ns t f(BCLK) BCLK fall time 90% - 10% fall time 10 ns
(1)
ns The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data.
MAX UNIT t d(SDOUT-BCLK)
PARAMETER BCLK to SDOUT delay 50% of BCLK to 50% of SDOUT 18 ns t d(SDOUT-FSYNC)
FSYNC to SDOUT delay in TDM or LJ mode (for MSB data with
50% of FSYNC to 50% of SDOUT 18 ns
f (BCLK) BCLK output clock frequency: master mode (1) 24.576 MHz t H(BCLK) BCLK high pulse duration: master mode 14 ns t L(BCLK) BCLK low pulse duration: master mode 14 ns t d(FSYNC) BCLK to FSYNC delay: master mode 50% of BCLK to 50% of FSYNC 18 ns t r(BCLK) BCLK rise time: master mode 10% - 90% rise time 8 ns t f(BCLK) BCLK fall time: master mode 90% - 10% fall time 8 ns
(1)
12 TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP The BCLK output clock frequency must be lower than 18.5 MHz (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
MIN NOM MAX UNIT
t SU(PDMDINx) PDMDINx setup time 30 ns t HLD(PDMDINx) PDMDINx hold time 0 ns
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP
0.768 MAX UNIT 6.144 MHz f (PDMCLK) PDMCLK clock frequency t H(PDMCLK) PDMCLK high pulse duration t L(PDMCLK) PDMCLK low pulse duration t r(PDMCLK) PDMCLK rise time 10% - 90% rise time 18 ns t f(PDMCLK) PDMCLK fall time 90% - 10% fall time 18 ns 72 ns 72 ns SDA
t BUF
t LOW t HD;STA
t r t d(SDA) SCL
t HD;STA
t HD;DAT STO t HIGH STA t SU;DAT t SU;STA t SU;STO t f
STA STO
SSZ
t DSEQ t LAG SCLK t LEAD t (SCLK) t f(SCLK) t r(SCLK)
t L(SCLK)
t H(SCLK)
t d(MISO)
MISO t dis(MISO)
MSB OUT BIT6...1 LSB OUT t a(MISO)
t SU(MOSI) t HLD(MOSI)
MOSI
MSB IN BIT6...1 LSB IN
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 13
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
t SU(FSYNC) t HLD(FSYNC) t (BCLK)
t L(BCLK)
t H(BCLK) t r(BCLK) t f(BCLK) t d(FSYNC)
t d(SDOUT-BCLK) t d(SDOUT-FSYNC)
t SU(PDMDINx) t HLD(PDMDINx) t SU(PDMDINx)
t H(PDMCLK)
t HLD(PDMDINx)
t L(PDMCLK)
t (PDMCLK)
t f(PDMCLK)
t r(PDMCLK)
14 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
-60 -70 -60 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -80 THD+N (dBFS) THD+N (dBFS)
-80 -90 -100 -90 -100 -110 -110 -120 -120 -130
-130 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -70 -115 -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10
Input Amplitude (dB)
-130 -130 0 -115 -100 Differential input Figure 5. THD+N vs Input Amplitude -40 -25 -10 0 THD+ D101 Figure 6. THD+N vs Input Amplitude Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -70 -80 THD+N (dBFS) THD+N (dBFS)
-55 -60 -80 -90 -100 -90 -100 -110 -110 -120 -120 -130
-130 -70 Single-ended input -60 -70 -85 Input Amplitude (dB) THD+ D101 -115 -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10
Input Amplitude (dB)
-130 20 0 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000 Frequency (Hz) THD+ D101 D103 Differential input with AVDD = 1.8 V and VREF = 1.375 V Figure 7. THD+N vs Input Amplitude Figure 8. THD+N vs Input Frequency With a –60-dBr Input
16 -60 14 -80 THD+N (dBFS)
Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 15 Input Referred Noise (PV RMS )
-70 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -90 -100 -110 13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4 -120
3
-130
20 2 50 100 500 1000
Frequency (Hz)
5000 10000 20000 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
Channel Gain (dB) D104 44 THD+ D105 Differential input Figure 9. THD+N vs Input Frequency With a –1-dBr Input Figure 10. Input-Referred Noise vs Channel Gain Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 15
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
at T A = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, f IN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, f S = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × f S , TDM slave mode, PLL on, channel gain = 0 dB, and linear phase decimation filter (unless otherwise noted); all performance measurements are done with a 20-kHz, low-pass filter, and an A-weighted filter
20 16
Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 15
0
13 Output Amplitude (dBFS)
Input Referred Noise (PV RMS )
14 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 10 12
11
10
9
8
7
6 -10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90 5
-100 4
-110 3
-120 20 2 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
Channel Gain (dB)
50 100 500 1000 500010000 100000 300000 Frequency (Hz) 44 D008 Freq THD+ D105 Single-ended input
Figure 12. Frequency Response With a –12-dBr Input Figure 11. Input-Referred Noise vs Channel Gain
0 -60 -20 -70 Output Amplitude (dBFS)
-40 PSRR (dB)
-80 -90 -100 -110 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -60 -80 -100 -120 -140 -160 -120
-180 -130
20 50 100 500 1000 5000 -200 20 10000 20000 Frequency (Hz)
50 -40 Output Amplitude (dBFS)
Output Amplitude (dBFS)
-20 -80 -100 -120 -140 10000 20000 D005 -80 -100 -120 -140 -160 -180 -180 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -60 -160 Frequency (Hz)
-200
20 50 D006 Figure 15. FFT With a –60-dBr Input 16 5000 0 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -60 -200
20 1000 Figure 14. FFT With Idle Input 0 -40 500 Frequency (Hz)
Figure 13. Power-Supply Rejection Ratio vs Ripple
Frequency With 100-mV PP Amplitude -20 100
D106 Submit Documentation Feedback 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000
Frequency (Hz) D007 Figure 16. FFT With a –1-dBr Input Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
The TLV320ADC3140 is a high-performance, low-power, flexible, quad-channel, audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) with extensive feature integration. This device is intended for applications in voice-activated systems, professional microphones, audio conferencing, portable computing, communication, and entertainment applications. The high dynamic range of the device enables far-field audio recording with high fidelity. This device integrates a host of features that reduces cost, board space, and power consumption in space-constrained, battery-powered, consumer, home, and industrial applications. The TLV320ADC3140 consists of the following blocks: • Quad-channel, multibit, high-performance delta-sigma (ΔΣ) ADC • Configurable single-ended or differential audio inputs • Low-noise, programmable microphone bias output • Automatic gain controller (AGC) • Programmable decimation filters with linear-phase or low-latency filter • Programmable channel gain, volume control, biquad filters for each channel • Programmable phase and gain calibration with fine resolution for each channel • Programmable high-pass filter (HPF), and digital channel mixer • Pulse density modulation (PDM) digital microphone interface with high-performance decimation filter • Integrated low-jitter phase-locked loop (PLL) supporting a wide range of system clocks • Integrated digital and analog voltage regulators to support single-supply operation Communication to the TLV320ADC3140 to configure the control registers is supported using an I 2 C or SPI interface. The device supports a highly flexible audio serial interface [time-division multiplexing (TDM), I 2 S, or left-justified (LJ)] to transmit audio data seamlessly in the system across devices. The device can support multiple devices by sharing the common I 2 C and TDM buses across devices. Moreover, the device includes a daisy-chain feature and a secondary audio serial output data pin. These features relax the shared TDM bus timing requirements and board design complexities when operating multiple devices for applications requiring high audio data bandwidth. Table 1 lists the reference abbreviations used throughout this document to registers that control the device.
Table 1. Abbreviations for Register References
| REFERENCE | ABBREVIATION | DESCRIPTION | EXAMPLE |
|---|---|---|---|
| Page y, register z, bit k | Py_Rz_Dk | Single data bit. The value of a single bit in a register. | Page 4, register 36, bit 0 = P4_R36_D0 |
| Page y, register z, bits k-m | Py_Rz_D[k:m] | Range of data bits. A range of data bits (inclusive). | Page 4, register 36, bits 3-0 = P4_R36_D[3:0] |
| Page y, register z | Py_Rz | One entire register. All eight bits in the register as a unit. | Page 4, register 36 = P4_R36 |
| Page y, registers z-n | Py_Rz-Rn | Range of registers. A range of registers in the same page. | Page 4, registers 36, 37, 38 = P4_R36-R38 |
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 17 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
GPIO1 Multifunction Pins (Digital Microphones Interface, Interrupt, PLL
Input Clock)
IN1P_GPI1 IN1M_GPO1 PGA ADC Channel-1 IN2P_GPI2 IN2M_GPO2 PGA ADC Channel-2 IN3P_GPI3 IN3M_GPO3 PGA ADC Channel-3 IN4P_GPI4 IN4M_GPO4 PGA MICBIAS Programmable Microphone Bias Audio Clock Generation
PLL (Input Clock Source - BCLK, GPIOx, GPIx)
8-Channel Digital Microphone Filters ADC Channel-4 SDOUT Digital Filters (Low Latency LPF,
Programmable
Biquads) Audio Serial
Interface (TDM, I 2 S, LJ) and BCLK Automatic Gain Controller (AGC)
FSYNC I 2 C or SPI Control
Interface Regulators, Current Bias and Voltage Reference SHDNZ SDA_SSZ SCL_MOSI ADDR0_SCLK ADDR1_MISO IOVDD Thermal Pad (VSS) DREG AREG AVSS AVDD VREF
8.3.1 Serial Interfaces This device has two serial interfaces: control and audio data. The control serial interface is used for device configuration. The audio data serial interface is used for transmitting audio data to the host device.
8.3.1.1 Control Serial Interfaces The device contains configuration registers and programmable coefficients that can be set to the desired values for a specific system and application use. All these registers can be accessed using either I 2 C or SPI communication to the device. For more information, see the Programming section.
8.3.1.2 Audio Serial Interfaces Digital audio data flows between the host processor and the TLV320ADC3140 on the digital audio serial interface (ASI), or audio bus. This highly flexible ASI bus includes a TDM mode for multichannel operation, support for I 2 S or left-justified protocols format, programmable data length options, very flexible master-slave configurability for bus clock lines and the ability to communicate with multiple devices within a system directly.
18 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
The bus protocol TDM, I 2 S, or left-justified (LJ) format can be selected by using the ASI_FORMAT[1:0], P0_R7_D[7:6] register bits. As shown in Table 2 and Table 3, these modes are all most significant byte (MSB)- first, pulse code modulation (PCM) data format, with the output channel data word-length programmable as 16, 20, 24, or 32 bits by configuring the ASI_WLEN[1:0], P0_R7_D[5:4] register bits.
| P0_R7_D[7:6] : ASI_FORMAT[1:0] | AUDIO SERIAL INTERFACE FORMAT |
|---|---|
| 00 (default) | Time division multiplexing (TDM) mode |
| 01 | Inter IC sound (I2 S) mode |
| 10 | Left-justified (LJ) mode |
| 11 | Reserved (do not use this setting) |
| Table 3. Audio Output Channel Data Word-Length | Table 3. Audio Output Channel Data Word-Length |
| P0_R7_D[5:4] : ASI_WLEN[1:0] | AUDIO OUTPUT CHANNEL DATA WORD-LENGTH |
| 00 | Output channel data word-length set to 16 bits |
| 01 | Output channel data word-length set to 20 bits |
| 10 | Output channel data word-length set to 24 bits |
| 11 (default) | Output channel data word-length set to 32 bits |
| The frame sync pin, FSYNC, is used in this audio bus protocol to define the beginning of a frame and has the same frequency as the output data sample rates. The bit clock pin, BCLK, is used to clock out the digital audio data across the serial bus. The number of bit-clock cycles in a frame must accommodate multiple device active output channels with the programmed data word length. A frame consists of multiple time-division channel slots (up to 64) to allow all output channel audio data transmissions to complete on the audio bus by a device or multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices sharing the same audio bus. The device supports up to eight output channels that can be configured to place their audio data on bus slot 0 to slot 63. Table 4 lists the output channel slot configuration settings. In I2 S and LJ mode, the slots are divided into two sets, left-channel slots and right-channel slots, as described in the Inter IC Sound (I2 S) Interface and Left-Justified (LJ) Interface sections. Table 4. Output Channel Slot Assignment Settings | The frame sync pin, FSYNC, is used in this audio bus protocol to define the beginning of a frame and has the same frequency as the output data sample rates. The bit clock pin, BCLK, is used to clock out the digital audio data across the serial bus. The number of bit-clock cycles in a frame must accommodate multiple device active output channels with the programmed data word length. A frame consists of multiple time-division channel slots (up to 64) to allow all output channel audio data transmissions to complete on the audio bus by a device or multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices sharing the same audio bus. The device supports up to eight output channels that can be configured to place their audio data on bus slot 0 to slot 63. Table 4 lists the output channel slot configuration settings. In I2 S and LJ mode, the slots are divided into two sets, left-channel slots and right-channel slots, as described in the Inter IC Sound (I2 S) Interface and Left-Justified (LJ) Interface sections. Table 4. Output Channel Slot Assignment Settings |
| P0_R11_D[5:0] : CH1_SLOT[5:0] | OUTPUT CHANNEL 1 SLOT ASSIGNMENT |
| 00 0000 = 0d (default) | Slot 0 for TDM or left slot 0 for I2 S, LJ. |
| 00 0001 = 1d | Slot 1 for TDM or left slot 1 for I2 S, LJ. |
| … | … |
| 01 1111 = 31d | Slot 31 for TDM or left slot 31 for I2 S, LJ. |
| 10 0000 = 32d | Slot 32 for TDM or right slot 0 for I2 S, LJ. |
| … | … |
| 11 1110 = 62d | Slot 62 for TDM or right slot 30 for I2 S, LJ. |
| 11 1111 = 63d | Slot 63 for TDM or right slot 31 for I2 S, LJ. |
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 19 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com The device also includes a feature that offsets the start of the slot data transfer with respect to the frame sync by up to 31 cycles of the bit clock. Table 5 lists the programmable offset configuration settings.
Table 5. Programmable Offset Settings for the ASI Slot Start
P0_R8_D[4:0] : TX_OFFSET[4:0] PROGRAMMABLE OFFSET SETTING FOR SLOT DATA TRANSMISSION START
0 0000 = 0d (default) The device follows the standard protocol timing without any offset.
Slot start is offset by one BCLK cycle, as compared to standard protocol timing. For I 2 S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by one BCLK cycle, as compared to standard protocol timing.
0 0001 = 1d ...... ......
Slot start is offset by 30 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing. For I 2 S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by 30 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing.
Slot start is offset by 31 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing. For I 2 S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by 31 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing.
The device also features the ability to invert the polarity of the frame sync pin, FSYNC, used to transfer the audio data as compared to the default FSYNC polarity used in standard protocol timing. This feature can be set using the FSYNC_POL, P0_R7_D3 register bit. Similarly, the device can invert the polarity of the bit clock pin, BCLK, which can be set using the BCLK_POL, P0_R7_D2 register bit.
8.3.1.2.1 Time Division Multiplexed Audio (TDM) Interface In TDM mode, also known as DSP mode, the rising edge of FSYNC starts the data transfer with the slot 0 data first. Immediately after the slot 0 data transmission, the remaining slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC and each data bit (except the MSB of slot 0 when TX_OFFSET equals 0) is transmitted on the rising edge of BCLK. Figure 17 to Figure 20 illustrate the protocol timing for TDM operation with various configurations.
| Slot-0 | Slot-1 | Slot-2 to Slot-7 | Slot-0 |
|---|---|---|---|
| (Word Length : N) | |||
| nth Sample | (n+1)th Sample | ||
Figure 17. TDM Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 2 1 0 N-1
Slot-0 (Word Length : N)
| Left | Left Right | Right Left |
|---|---|---|
| Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 Slot-0 | |
| TX_OFFSET = 1 (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) TX_OFFSET = 1 (Word Length : N) | |
| nth Sample | (n+1)th Sample | |
2 (n+1) th Sample
Figure 18. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 2)
20 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT 1 0 N-1 2 1 0 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 N-1 N-2 0 N-3
Slot-1 (Word Length : N)
Slot-0 (Word Length : N)
N-1 N-2 3 2 1 0 1 0
Slot-0 (Word Length : N)
Slot-2 to Slot-7 (Word Length : N)
2 N-1 n th Sample (n+1) th Sample
Figure 19. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 2)
| Left | Right Right Left | |
|---|---|---|
| Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 Slot-2 to Slot-3 Slot-0 |
| TX_OFFSET = 1 (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | TX_OFFSET = 1 (Word Length : N) (Word Length : N) TX_OFFSET = 1 (Word Length : N) |
| nth Sample (n+1)th Sample | ||
Figure 20. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0 and BCLK_POL = 1)
For proper operation of the audio bus in TDM mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or equal to the number of active output channels times the programmed word length of the output channel data. The device supports FSYNC as a pulse with a 1-cycle-wide bit clock, but also supports multiples as well. For a higher BCLK frequency operation, using TDM mode with a TX_OFFSET value higher than 0 is recommended.
8.3.1.2.2 Inter IC Sound (I 2 S) Interface The standard I 2 S protocol is defined for only two channels: left and right. The device extends the same protocol timing for multichannel operation. In I 2 S mode, the MSB of the left slot 0 is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK in the second cycle after the falling edge of FSYNC. Immediately after the left slot 0 data transmission, the remaining left slot data are transmitted in order. The MSB of the right slot 0 is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK in the second cycle after the rising edge of FSYNC. Immediately after the right slot 0 data transmission, the remaining right slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC and each data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Figure 21 to Figure 24 illustrate the protocol timing for I 2 S operation with various configurations.
FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 N-2 1 0
| Left | Right | Left | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 | |
| (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | |
| nth Sample | (n+1)th Sample | ||||
(n+1) th Sample Figure 21. I 2 S Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 21 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 1 0
Left
| Slot-0 | Slot-1 | Slot-2 to Slot-7 | Slot-0 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | ||
| TX_OFFSET = 2 | nth Sample | TX_OFFSET = 2 | (n+1)th Sample |
Right Slot-1 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) n th Sample (n+1) th Sample Figure 23. I 2 S Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 N-2 1 0
| Left | Right | Left | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Slot-1 to Slot-3 | Slot-1 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 | |
| (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | |
| nth Sample | (n+1)th Sample |
(n+1) th Sample Figure 24. I 2 S Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0 and BCLK_POL = 1)
For proper operation of the audio bus in I 2 S mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or equal to the number of active output channels (including left and right slots) times the programmed word length of the output channel data. The device FSYNC low pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active left slots times the data word length configured. Similarly, the FSYNC high pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active right slots times the data word length configured.
8.3.1.2.3 Left-Justified (LJ) Interface The standard LJ protocol is defined for only two channels: left and right. The device extends the same protocol timing for multichannel operation. In LJ mode, the MSB of the left slot 0 is transmitted in the same BCLK cycle after the rising edge of FSYNC. Each subsequent data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Immediately after the left slot 0 data transmission, the remaining left slot data are transmitted in order. The MSB of the right slot 0 is transmitted in the same BCLK cycle after the falling edge of FSYNC. Each subsequent data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Immediately after the right slot 0 data transmission, the remaining right slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Figure 25 to Figure 28 illustrate the protocol timing for LJ operation with various configurations.
22 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 N-2 1 0
| Left | Right | Left | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Slot-1 to Slot-3 | Slot-1 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 | |
| (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | |
| nth Sample | (n+1)th Sample |
Figure 25. LJ Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 1 0
Left
N-1 N-2 1 0
Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 1 N-1
0 N-1 1 1 N-1 0 0
Right Right Left n th Sample (n+1) th Sample
Figure 26. LJ Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 2)
| Left | Right | Left | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 | |
| (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | |
| nth Sample | (n+1)th Sample | ||||
Figure 27. LJ Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC BCLK SDOUT N-1 N-2 1 0
Left
| Left | Right Right Left | |
|---|---|---|
| Slot-0 | Slot-2 to Slot-3 | Slot-0 Slot-2 to Slot-3 Slot-0 |
| TX_OFFSET = 2 (Word Length : N) | (Word Length : N) | TX_OFFSET = 2 (Word Length : N) (Word Length : N) TX_OFFSET = 2 (Word Length : N) |
| nth Sample (n+1)th Sample | ||
Figure 28. LJ Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 1 and BCLK_POL = 1)
For proper operation of the audio bus in LJ mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or equal to the number of active output channels (including left and right slots) times the programmed word length of the output channel data. The device FSYNC high pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active left slots times the data word length configured. Similarly, the FSYNC low pulse must be number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active right slots times the data word length configured. For a higher BCLK frequency operation, using LJ mode with a TX_OFFSET value higher than 0 is recommended.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 23 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.3.1.3 Using Multiple Devices With Shared Buses The device has many supported features and flexible options that can be used in the system to seamlessly connect multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices by sharing a single common I 2 C control bus and an audio serial interface bus. This architecture enables multiple applications to be applied to a system that require a microphone array for beam-forming operation, audio conferencing, noise cancellation, and so forth. Figure 29 shows a diagram of multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices in a configuration where the control and audio data buses are shared.
Control Bus ± I 2 C Interface TLV320ADCx140 TLV320ADCx140 TLV320ADCx140 TLV320ADCx140 U1 U2 U3 U4 Host Processor Audio Data Bus ± TDM, I 2 S, LJ Interface Figure 29. Multiple TLV320ADC3140 Devices With Shared Control and Audio Data Buses The TLV320ADC3140 consists of the following features to enable seamless connection and interaction of multiple devices using a shared bus: • Supports up to four pin-programmable I 2 C slave addresses • I 2 C broadcast simultaneously writes to (or triggers) all TLV320ADC3140 devices • Supports up to 64 configuration output channel slots for the audio serial interface • Tri-state feature (with enable and disable) for the unused audio data slots of the device • Supports a bus-holder feature (with enable and disable) to keep the last driven value on the audio bus • The GPIO1 or GPOx pin can be configured as a secondary output data lane for the audio serial interface • The GPIO1 or GPIx pin can be used in a daisy-chain configuration of multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices • Supports one BCLK cycle data latching timing to relax the timing requirement for the high-speed interface • Programmable master and slave options for the audio serial interface • Ability to synchronize the multiple devices for the simultaneous sampling requirement across devices See the Multiple TLV320ADCx140 Devices With a Shared TDM and I 2 C Bus application report for further details.
24 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.2 Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation The device has a smart auto-configuration block to generate all necessary internal clocks required for the ADC modulator and the digital filter engine used for signal processing. This configuration is done by monitoring the frequency of the FSYNC and BCLK signal on the audio bus. The device supports the various output data sample rates (of the FSYNC signal frequency) and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio to configure all clock dividers, including the PLL configuration, internally without host programming. Table 6 and Table 7 list the supported FSYNC and BCLK frequencies.
| BCLK TOFSYNCRATIO | BCLK (MHz) | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| BCLK TOFSYNCRATIO | FSYNC(8 kHz) | FSYNC(16 kHz) | FSYNC(24 kHz) | FSYNC(32 kHz) | FSYNC(48 kHz) | FSYNC(96 kHz) | FSYNC(192 kHz) | FSYNC(384 kHz) | FSYNC(768 kHz) |
| 16 | Reserved | 0.256 | 0.384 | 0.512 | 0.768 | 1.536 | 3.072 | 6.144 | 12.288 |
| 24 | Reserved | 0.384 | 0.576 | 0.768 | 1.152 | 2.304 | 4.608 | 9.216 | 18.432 |
| 32 | 0.256 | 0.512 | 0.768 | 1.024 | 1.536 | 3.072 | 6.144 | 12.288 | 24.576 |
| 48 | 0.384 | 0.768 | 1.152 | 1.536 | 2.304 | 4.608 | 9.216 | 18.432 | Reserved |
| 64 | 0.512 | 1.024 | 1.536 | 2.048 | 3.072 | 6.144 | 12.288 | 24.576 | Reserved |
| 96 | 0.768 | 1.536 | 2.304 | 3.072 | 4.608 | 9.216 | 18.432 | Reserved | Reserved |
| 128 | 1.024 | 2.048 | 3.072 | 4.096 | 6.144 | 12.288 | 24.576 | Reserved | Reserved |
| 192 | 1.536 | 3.072 | 4.608 | 6.144 | 9.216 | 18.432 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 256 | 2.048 | 4.096 | 6.144 | 8.192 | 12.288 | 24.576 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 384 | 3.072 | 6.144 | 9.216 | 12.288 | 18.432 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 512 | 4.096 | 8.192 | 12.288 | 16.384 | 24.576 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 1024 | 8.192 | 16.384 | 24.576 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 2048 | 16.384 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies | Table 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies |
| BCLK TOFSYNCRATIO | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) | BCLK (MHz) |
| BCLK TOFSYNCRATIO | FSYNC(7.35 kHz) | FSYNC(14.7 kHz) | FSYNC (22.05 kHz) | FSYNC(29.4 kHz) | FSYNC(44.1 kHz) | FSYNC(88.2 kHz) | FSYNC (176.4 kHz) | FSYNC (352.8 kHz) | FSYNC (705.6 kHz) |
| 16 | Reserved | Reserved | 0.3528 | 0.4704 | 0.7056 | 1.4112 | 2.8224 | 5.6448 | 11.2896 |
| 24 | Reserved | 0.3528 | 0.5292 | 0.7056 | 1.0584 | 2.1168 | 4.2336 | 8.4672 | 16.9344 |
| 32 | Reserved | 0.4704 | 0.7056 | 0.9408 | 1.4112 | 2.8224 | 5.6448 | 11.2896 | 22.5792 |
| 48 | 0.3528 | 0.7056 | 1.0584 | 1.4112 | 2.1168 | 4.2336 | 8.4672 | 16.9344 | Reserved |
| 64 | 0.4704 | 0.9408 | 1.4112 | 1.8816 | 2.8224 | 5.6448 | 11.2896 | 22.5792 | Reserved |
| 96 | 0.7056 | 1.4112 | 2.1168 | 2.8224 | 4.2336 | 8.4672 | 16.9344 | Reserved | Reserved |
| 128 | 0.9408 | 1.8816 | 2.8224 | 3.7632 | 5.6448 | 11.2896 | 22.5792 | Reserved | Reserved |
| 192 | 1.4112 | 2.8224 | 4.2336 | 5.6448 | 8.4672 | 16.9344 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 256 | 1.8816 | 3.7632 | 5.6448 | 7.5264 | 11.2896 | 22.5792 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 384 | 2.8224 | 5.6448 | 8.4672 | 11.2896 | 16.9344 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 512 | 3.7632 | 7.5264 | 11.2896 | 15.0528 | 22.5792 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 1024 | 7.5264 | 15.0528 | 22.5792 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| 2048 | 15.0528 | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 25
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com The status register ASI_STS, P0_R21, captures the device auto detect result for the FSYNC frequency and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio. If the device finds any unsupported combinations of FSYNC frequency and BCLK to FSYNC ratios, the device generates an ASI clock-error interrupt and mutes the record channels accordingly. The device uses an integrated, low-jitter, phase-locked loop (PLL) to generate internal clocks required for the ADC modulator and digital filter engine, as well as other control blocks. The device also supports an option to use BCLK, GPIO1, or the GPIx pin (as MCLK) as the audio clock source without using the PLL to reduce power consumption. However, the ADC performance may degrade based on jitter from the external clock source, and some processing features may not be supported if the external audio clock source frequency is not high enough. Therefore, TI recommends using the PLL for high-performance applications. More details and information on how to configure and use the device in low-power mode without using the PLL are discussed in the TLV320ADCx140 Operation for Low-Power Critical Applications application report. The device also supports an audio bus master mode operation using the GPIO1 or GPIx pin (as MCLK) as the reference input clock source and supports various flexible options and a wide variety of system clocks. More details and information on master mode configuration and operation are discussed in the Configuring and Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report. The audio bus clock error detection and auto-detect feature automatically generates all internal clocks, but can be disabled using the ASI_ERR, P0_R9_D5 and AUTO_CLK_CFG, P0_R19_D6, register bits, respectively. In the system, this disable feature can be used to support custom clock frequencies that are not covered by the auto detect scheme. For such application use cases, care must be taken to ensure that the multiple clock dividers are all configured appropriately. Therefore, TI recommends using the PPC3 GUI for device configuration settings; for more details see the TLV320ADCx140 Evaluation module user's guide and the PurePath™ console graphical development suite.
8.3.3 Input Channel Configurations The device consists of four pairs of analog input pins (INxP and INxM) that can be configured as differential inputs or single-ended inputs for the recording channel. The device supports simultaneous recording of up to four channels using the high-performance multichannel ADC. The input source for the analog pins can be from electret condenser analog microphones, microelectrical-mechanical system (MEMS) analog microphones, or linein (auxiliary) inputs from the system board. Additionally, if the application uses digital PDM microphones for the recording, then the INxP and INxM pins can be reconfigured in the device to support up to eight channels for the digital microphone recording. Table 8 shows the input source selection for the record channel.
Table 8. Input Source Selection for the Record Channel
P0_R60_D[6:5] : CH1_INSRC[1:0] INPUT CHANNEL 1 RECORD SOURCE SELECTION
00 (default) Analog differential input for channel 1 (this setting is valid only when the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions are disabled)
01 Analog single-ended Input for channel 1 (this setting is valid only when the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions are disabled) 10 Digital PDM input for channel 1 (configure the GPIx and GPOx pin accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK) 11 Reserved (do not use this setting)
Similarly, the input source selection setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R65_D[6:5]), CH3_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R70_D[6:5]), and CH4_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R75_D[6:5]) register bits, respectively. Typically, voice or audio signal inputs are capacitively coupled (AC-coupled) to the device; however, the device also supports an option for DC-coupled inputs to save board space. This configuration can be done independently for each channel by setting the CH1_DC (P0_R60_D4), CH2_DC (P0_R65_D4), CH3_DC (P0_R70_D4), and CH4_DC (P0_R75_D4) register bits. The INM pin can be directly grounded in DC-coupled mode (see Figure 30), but the INM pin must be grounded after the AC-coupling capacitor in AC-coupled mode (see Figure 31) for the single-ended input configuration. For the best dynamic range performance, the differential AC-coupled input must be used.
26 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Line or Microphone Single-ended
Input Line or Microphone Single-ended
Input INxP INxP INxM INxM GND TLV320ADCx140 GND Figure 30. Single-Ended DC-Coupled Input Connection TLV320ADCx140
Figure 31. Single-Ended AC-Coupled Input Connection The device allows for flexibility in choosing the typical input impedance on INxP or INxM from 2.5 kΩ (default), 10 kΩ, and 20 kΩ based on the input source impedance. The higher input impedance results in slightly higher noise or lower dynamic range. Table 9 lists the configuration register settings for the input impedance for the record channel.
Table 9. Input Impedance Selection for the Record Channel
P0_R60_D[3:2] : CH1_IMP[1:0] CHANNEL 1 INPUT IMPEDANCE SELECTION
00 (default) Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 2.5 kΩ on INxP or INxM
01 Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 10 kΩ on INxP or INxM 10 Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 20 kΩ on INxP or INxM 11 Reserved (do not use this setting)
Similarly, the input impedance selection setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_IMP[1:0] (P0_R65_D[3:2]), CH3_IMP[1:0] (P0_R70_D[3:2]), and CH4_IMP[1:0] (P0_R75_D[3:2]) register bits, respectively. The value of the coupling capacitor in AC-coupled mode must be chosen so that the high-pass filter formed by the coupling capacitor and the input impedance do not affect the signal content. Before proper recording can begin, this coupling capacitor must be charged up to the common-mode voltage at power-up. To enable quick charging, the device has modes to speed up the charging of the coupling capacitor. The default value of the quick-charge timing is set for a coupling capacitor up to 1 µF. However, if a higher-value capacitor is used in the system, then the quick-charging timing can be increased by using the INCAP_QCHG (P0_R5_D[5:4]) register bits. For best distortion performance, use the low-voltage coefficient capacitors for AC coupling. The input impedance value of 2.5 kΩ is not supported for the DC-coupled input.
8.3.4 Reference Voltage All audio data converters require a DC reference voltage. The TLV320ADC3140 achieves low-noise performance by internally generating a low-noise reference voltage. This reference voltage is generated using a band-gap circuit with high PSRR performance. This audio converter reference voltage must be filtered externally using a minimum 1-µF capacitor connected from the VREF pin to analog ground (AVSS). The value of this reference voltage can be configured using the P0_R59_D[1:0] register bits and must be set to an appropriate value based on the desired full-scale input for the device and the AVDD supply voltage available in the system. The default VREF value is set to 2.75 V, which in turn supports a 2-V RMS differential full-scale input to the device. The required minimum AVDD voltage for this mode is 3 V. Table 10 lists the various VREF settings supported along with required AVDD range and the supported full-scale input signal for that configuration.
Table 10. VREF Programmable Settings P0_R59_D[1:0] : ADC_FSCALE[1:0] VREF OUTPUT VOLTAGE (Same as Internal ADC VREF)
DIFFERENTIAL FULL-
SCALE INPUT SUPPORTED SINGLE-ENDED FULL-
SCALE INPUT SUPPORTED 00 (default) 2.75 V 2 V RMS 1 V RMS 3 V to 3.6 V
01 2.5 V 1.818 V RMS 0.909 V RMS 2.8 V to 3.6 V 10 1.375 V 1 V RMS 0.5 V RMS 1.7 V to 1.9 V 11 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved AVDD RANGE REQUIREMENT Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 27 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com To achieve low-power consumption, this audio reference block is powered down as described in the Sleep Mode or Software Shutdown section. When exiting sleep mode, the audio reference block is powered up using the internal fast-charge scheme and the VREF pin settles to its steady-state voltage after the settling time (a function of the decoupling capacitor on the VREF pin). This time is approximately equal to 3.5 ms when using a 1-μF decoupling capacitor. If a higher-value decoupling capacitor is used on the VREF pin, the fast-charge setting must be reconfigured using the VREF_QCHG, P0_R2_D[4:3] register bits, which support options of 3.5 ms (default), 10 ms, 50 ms, or 100 ms.
8.3.5 Programmable Microphone Bias The device integrates a built-in, low-noise microphone bias pin that can be used in the system for biasing electret-condenser microphones or providing the supply to the MEMS analog or digital microphone. The integrated bias amplifier supports up to 20 mA of load current that can be used for multiple microphones and is designed to provide a combination of high PSRR, low noise, and programmable bias voltages to allow the biasing to be fine tuned for specific microphone combinations. When using this MICBIAS pin for biasing or supplying to multiple microphones, avoid any common impedance on the board layout for the MICBIAS connection to minimize coupling across microphones. Table 11 shows the available microphone bias programmable options.
Table 11. MICBIAS Programmable Settings
| P0_R59_D[6:4] : MBIAS_VAL[2:0] | P0_R59_D[1:0] : ADC_FSCALE[1:0] | MICBIAS OUTPUT VOLTAGE |
|---|---|---|
| 000 (default) | 00 (default) | 2.75 V (same as the VREF output) |
| 000 (default) | 01 | 2.5 V (same as the VREF output) |
| 000 (default) | 10 | 1.375 V (same as the VREF output) |
| 001 | 00 (default) | 3.014 V (1.096 times the VREF output) |
| 001 | 01 | 2.740 V (1.096 times the VREF output) |
| 001 | 10 | 1.507 V (1.096 times the VREF output) |
| 010 to 101 | XX | Reserved (do not use these settings) |
| 110 | XX | Same as AVDD |
| 111 | XX | Reserved (do not use this setting) |
001 The microphone bias output can be powered on or powered off (default) by configuring the MICBIAS_PDZ, P0_R117_D7 register bit. Additionally, the device provides an option to configure the GPIO1 or GPIx pin to directly control the microphone bias output powering on or off. This feature is useful to control the microphone directly without engaging the host for I 2 C or SPI communication. The MICBIAS_PDZ, P0_R117_D7 register bit value is ignored if the GPIO1 or GPIx pin is configured to set the microphone bias on or off.
28 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6 Signal-Chain Processing The TLV320ADC3140 signal chain is comprised of very-low-noise, high-performance, and low-power analog blocks and highly flexible and programmable digital processing blocks. The high performance and flexibility combined with a compact package makes the TLV320ADC3140 optimized for a variety of end-equipments and applications that require multichannel audio capture. Figure 32 shows a conceptual block diagram that highlights the various building blocks used in the signal chain, and how the blocks interact in the signal chain.
PDMCLK
PDMIN PDM Interface Digital Microphone M U X INP INM PGA HPF ADC Gain Calibration Digital Summer/Mixer Phase Calibration Biquad Filters Decimation
Filters Digital Volume Control (DVC)
Output Channel Data to ASI Other Input Channels Processed Data
after Gain Calibration Figure 32. Signal-Chain Processing Flowchart The front-end PGA is very low noise, with a 120-dB dynamic range performance. Along with a low-noise and lowdistortion, multibit, delta-sigma ADC, the front-end PGA enables the TLV320ADC3140 to record a far-field audio signal with very high fidelity, both in quiet and loud environments. Moreover, the ADC architecture has inherent antialias filtering with a high rejection of out-of-band frequency noise around multiple modulator frequency components. Therefore, the device prevents noise from aliasing into the audio band during ADC sampling. Further on in the signal chain, an integrated, high-performance multistage digital decimation filter sharply cuts off any out-of-band frequency noise with high stop-band attenuation. The device also has an integrated programmable biquad filter that allows for custom low-pass, high-pass, or any other desired frequency shaping. Thus, the overall signal chain architecture removes the requirement to add external components for antialiasing low-pass filtering, and thus saves drastically on the external system component cost and board space. See the TLV320ADCx140 Integrated Analog Antialiasing Filter and Flexible Digital Filter application report for further details. The signal chain also consists of various highly programmable digital processing blocks such as phase calibration, gain calibration, high-pass filter, digital summer or mixer, biquad filters, and volume control. The details on these processing blocks are discussed further in this section. The device also supports up to eight digital PDM microphone recording channels when the analog record channels are not used. Channels 1 to 4 in the signal chain block diagram of Figure 32 are as described in this section, however, channels 5 to 8 only support the digital microphone recording option and do not support the digital summer or mixer option. The desired input channels for recording can be enabled or disabled by using the IN_CH_EN (P0_R115) register, and the output channels for the audio serial interface can be enabled or disabled by using the ASI_OUT_EN (P0_R116) register. In general, the device supports simultaneous power-up and power-down of all active channels for simultaneous recording. However, based on the application needs, if some channels must be powered-up or powered-down dynamically when the other channel recording is on, then that use case is supported by setting the DYN_CH_PUPD_EN, P0_R117_D4 register bit to 1'b1. The device supports an input signal bandwidth up to 80 kHz, which allows the high-frequency non-audio signal to be recorded by using a 176.4-kHz (or higher) sample rate. For output sample rates of 48 kHz or lower, the device supports all features for 8-channel recording and various programmable processing blocks. However, for output sample rates higher than 48 kHz, there are limitations in the number of simultaneous channel recordings supported and the number of biquad filters and such. See the TLV320ADCx140 Sampling Rates and Programmable Processing Blocks Supported application report for further details.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 29 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.3.6.1 Programmable Channel Gain and Digital Volume Control The device has an independent programmable channel gain setting for each input channel that can be set to the appropriate value based on the maximum input signal expected in the system and the ADC VREF setting used (see the Reference Voltage section), which determines the ADC full-scale signal level. Configure the desired channel gain setting before powering up the ADC channel and do not change this setting while the ADC is powered on. The programmable range supported for each channel gain is from 0 dB to 42 dB in steps of 1 dB. To achieve low-noise performance, the device internal logic first maximizes the gain for the frontend low-noise analog PGA, which supports a dynamic range of 120 dB, and then applies any residual programmed channel gain in the digital processing block. Table 12 shows the programmable options available for the channel gain.
| P0_R61_D[7:2] : CH1_GAIN[5:0] | CHANNEL GAIN SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1 |
|---|---|
| 00 0000 = 0d (default) | Input channel 1 gain is set to 0 dB |
| 00 0001 = 1d | Input channel 1 gain is set to 1 dB |
| 00 0010 = 2d | Input channel 1 gain is set to 2 dB |
| … | … |
| 10 1001 = 41d | Input channel 1 gain is set to 41 dB |
| 10 1010 = 42d | Input channel 1 gain is set to 42 dB |
| 10 1011 to 11 1111 = 43d to 63d | Reserved (do not use these settings) |
| Similarly, the channel gain setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_GAIN (P0_R66), CH3_GAIN (P0_R71), and CH4_GAIN (P0_R76) register bits, respectively. The channel gain feature is not available for the digital microphone record path. The device also has a programmable digital volume control with a range from –100 dB to 27 dB in steps of 0.5 dB with the option to mute the channel recording. The digital volume control value can be changed dynamically while the ADC channel is powered-up and recording. During volume control changes, the soft ramp-up or ramp-down volume feature is used internally to avoid any audible artifacts. Soft-stepping can be entirely disabled using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit. The digital volume control setting is independently available for each output channel, including the digital microphone record channel. However, the device also supports an option to gang-up the volume control setting for all channels together using the channel 1 digital volume control setting, regardless if channel 1 is powered up or powered down. This gang-up can be enabled using the DVOL_GANG (P0_R108_D7) register bit. Table 13 shows the programmable options available for the digital volume control. Table 13. Digital Volume Control (DVC) Programmable Settings | Similarly, the channel gain setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_GAIN (P0_R66), CH3_GAIN (P0_R71), and CH4_GAIN (P0_R76) register bits, respectively. The channel gain feature is not available for the digital microphone record path. The device also has a programmable digital volume control with a range from –100 dB to 27 dB in steps of 0.5 dB with the option to mute the channel recording. The digital volume control value can be changed dynamically while the ADC channel is powered-up and recording. During volume control changes, the soft ramp-up or ramp-down volume feature is used internally to avoid any audible artifacts. Soft-stepping can be entirely disabled using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit. The digital volume control setting is independently available for each output channel, including the digital microphone record channel. However, the device also supports an option to gang-up the volume control setting for all channels together using the channel 1 digital volume control setting, regardless if channel 1 is powered up or powered down. This gang-up can be enabled using the DVOL_GANG (P0_R108_D7) register bit. Table 13 shows the programmable options available for the digital volume control. Table 13. Digital Volume Control (DVC) Programmable Settings |
| P0_R62_D[7:0] : CH1_DVOL[7:0] | DVC SETTING FOR OUTPUT CHANNEL 1 |
| 0000 0000 = 0d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to mute |
| 0000 0001 = 1d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to –100 dB |
| 0000 0010 = 2d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to –99.5 dB |
| 0000 0011 = 3d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to –99 dB |
| … | … |
| 1100 1000 = 200d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to –0.5 dB |
| 1100 1001 = 201d (default) | Output channel 1 DVC is set to 0 dB |
| 1100 1010 = 202d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to 0.5 dB |
| … | … |
| 1111 1101 = 253d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26 dB |
| 1111 1110 = 254d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26.5 dB |
| 1111 1111 = 255d | Output channel 1 DVC is set to 27 dB |
… 1111 1101 = 253d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26 dB 1111 1110 = 254d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26.5 dB 1111 1111 = 255d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 27 dB Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Similarly, the digital volume control setting for output channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the CH2_DVOL (P0_R67) to CH8_DVOL (P0_R97) register bits, respectively. The internal digital processing engine soft ramps up the volume from a muted level to the programmed volume level when the channel is powered up, and the internal digital processing engine soft ramps down the volume from a programmed volume to mute when the channel is powered down. This soft-stepping of volume is done to prevent abruptly powering up and powering down the record channel. This feature can also be entirely disabled using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit.
8.3.6.2 Programmable Channel Gain Calibration Along with the programmable channel gain and digital volume, this device also provides programmable channel gain calibration. The gain of each channel can be finely calibrated or adjusted in steps of 0.1 dB for a range of –0.8-dB to 0.7-dB gain error. This adjustment is useful when trying to match the gain across channels resulting from external components and microphone sensitivity. This feature, in combination with the regular digital volume control, allows the gains across all channels to be matched for a wide gain error range with a resolution of 0.1 dB. Table 14 shows the programmable options available for the channel gain calibration.
Table 14. Channel Gain Calibration Programmable Settings
P0_R63_D[7:4] : CH1_GCAL[3:0] CHANNEL GAIN CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1
0000 = 0d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 0001 = 1d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
… …
… Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0 dB … 1110 = 14d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 1111 = 15d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
Similarly, the channel gain calibration setting for input channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the CH2_GCAL (P0_R68) to CH8_GCAL (P0_R98) register bits, respectively.
8.3.6.3 Programmable Channel Phase Calibration In addition to the gain calibration, the phase delay in each channel can be finely calibrated or adjusted in steps of one modulator clock cycle for a cycle range of 0 to 255 for the phase error. The modulator clock, the same clock used for ADC_MOD_CLK, is 6.144 MHz (the output data sample rate is multiples or submultiples of 48 kHz) or 5.6448 MHz (the output data sample rate is multiples or submultiples of 44.1 kHz) irrespective of the analog microphone or digital microphone use case. This feature is very useful for many applications that must match the phase with fine resolution between each channel, including any phase mismatch across channels resulting from external components or microphones. Table 15 shows the available programmable options for channel phase calibration.
Table 15. Channel Phase Calibration Programmable Settings
P0_R64_D[7:0] : CH1_PCAL[7:0]
CHANNEL PHASE CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1 Input channel 1 phase calibration with no delay 0000 0001 = 1d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 0000 0010 = 2d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
… … 1111 1110 = 254d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to 254 cycles of the modulator clock 1111 1111 = 255d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
Similarly, the channel phase calibration setting for input channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the CH2_PCAL (P0_R69) to CH8_PCAL (P0_R99) register bits, respectively. The phase calibration feature must not be used when the analog input and PDM input are used together for simultaneous conversion.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 31 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.3.6.4 Programmable Digital High-Pass Filter To remove the DC offset component and attenuate the undesired low-frequency noise content in the record data, the device supports a programmable high-pass filter (HPF). The HPF is not a channel-independent filter setting but is globally applicable for all ADC channels. This HPF is constructed using the first-order infinite impulse response (IIR) filter, and is efficient enough to filter out possible DC components of the signal. Table 16 shows the predefined –3-dB cutoff frequencies available that can be set by using the HPF_SEL[1:0] register bits of P0_R107. Additionally, to achieve a custom –3-dB cutoff frequency for a specific application, the device also allows the first-order IIR filter coefficients to be programmed when the HPF_SEL[1:0] register bits are set to 2'b00. Figure 33 illustrates a frequency response plot for the HPF filter.
Table 16. HPF Programmable Settings
-3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY
SETTING -3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY AT
16-kHz SAMPLE RATE -3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY AT
48-kHz SAMPLE RATE 00 Programmable 1st-order IIR filter Programmable 1st-order IIR filter Programmable 1st-order IIR filter
Magnitude (dB)
P0_R107_D[1:0] : HPF_SEL[1:0] 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 -15 -18 -21 -24 -27 -30 -33 -36 -39 -42 -45
5E-5 HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.00025 u f S HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.002 u f S HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.008 u f S
0.0001 0.0005 0.001
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.005 0.01 0.05
D003 Figure 33. HPF Filter Frequency Response Plot
Equation 1 gives the transfer function for the first-order programable IIR filter:
The frequency response for this first-order programmable IIR filter with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB (all-pass filter). The host device can override the frequency response by programming the IIR coefficients in Table 17 to achieve the desired frequency response for high-pass filtering or any other desired filtering. If HPF_SEL[1:0] are set to 2'b00, the host device must write these coefficients values for the desired frequency response before powering-up any ADC channel for recording. Table 17 shows the filter coefficients for the firstorder IIR filter.
Table 17. 1st-Order IIR Filter Coefficients FILTER Programmable 1st-order IIR filter (can be allocated to HPF or any other desired filter)
32 FILTER COEFFICIENT DEFAULT COEFFICIENT
VALUE COEFFICIENT REGISTER
MAPPING N 0 0x7FFFFFFF P4_R72-R75 N 1 0x00000000 P4_R76-R79 D 1 0x00000000 P4_R80-R83 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.5 Programmable Digital Biquad Filters The device supports up to 12 programmable digital biquad filters. These highly efficient filters achieve the desired frequence response. In digital signal processing, a digital biquad filter is a second-order, recursive linear filter with two poles and two zeros. Equation 2 gives the transfer function of each biquad filter:
The frequency response for the biquad filter section with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB (all-pass filter). The host device can override the frequency response by programming the biquad coefficients to achieve the desired frequency response for a low-pass, high-pass, or any other desired frequency shaping. The programmable coefficients for the mixer operation are located in the Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x02 and Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x03 sections. If biquad filtering is required, then the host device must write these coefficients values before powering up any ADC channels for recording. As described in Table 18, these biquad filters can be allocated for each output channel based on the BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] register setting of P0_R108. By setting BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] to 2'b00, the biquad filtering for all record channels is disabled and the host device can choose this setting if no additional filtering is required for the system application. See the TLV320ADCx140 Programmable Biquad Filter Configuration and Applications application report for further details.
Table 18. Biquad Filter Allocation to the Record Output Channel
RECORD OUTPUT CHANNEL ALLOCATION USING P0_R108_D[6:5] REGISTER SETTING PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD FILTER
(1 Biquad per Channel)
(2 Biquads per Channel)
(3 Biquads per Channel) SUPPORTS ALL 8 CHANNELS SUPPORTS UP TO 6 CHANNELS SUPPORTS UP TO 4 CHANNELS Biquad filter 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Biquad filter 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Biquad filter 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Biquad filter 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Biquad filter 5 Not used Allocated to output channel 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Biquad filter 6 Not used Allocated to output channel 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Biquad filter 7 Not used Allocated to output channel 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Biquad filter 8 Not used Allocated to output channel 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Biquad filter 9 Allocated to output channel 5 Allocated to output channel 5 Allocated to output channel 1 Biquad filter 10 Allocated to output channel 6 Allocated to output channel 6 Allocated to output channel 2 Biquad filter 11 Allocated to output channel 7 Allocated to output channel 5 Allocated to output channel 3 Biquad filter 12 Allocated to output channel 8 Allocated to output channel 6 Allocated to output channel 4
Table 19 shows the biquad filter coefficients mapping to the register space.
Table 19. Biquad Filter Coefficients Register Mapping
PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD
FILTER BIQUAD FILTER COEFFICIENTS
REGISTER MAPPING PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD
FILTER BIQUAD FILTER COEFFICIENTS
REGISTER MAPPING Biquad filter 1 P2_R8-R27 Biquad filter 7 P3_R8-R27 Biquad filter 2 P2_R28-R47 Biquad filter 8 P3_R28-R47 Biquad filter 3 P2_R48-R67 Biquad filter 9 P3_R48-R67 Biquad filter 4 P2_R68-R87 Biquad filter 10 P3_R68-R87 Biquad filter 5 P2_R88-R107 Biquad filter 11 P3_R88-R107 Biquad filter 6 P2_R108-R127 Biquad filter 12 P3_R108-R127 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 33 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.3.6.6 Programmable Channel Summer and Digital Mixer For applications that require an even higher SNR than that supported for each channel, the device digital summing mode can be used. In this mode, the digital record data are summed up across the channel with an equal weightage factor, which helps in reducing the effective record noise. Table 20 lists the configuration settings available for channel summing mode.
Table 20. Channel Summing Mode Programmable Settings P0_R107_D[3:2] : CH_SUM[2:0]
00 (Default)
CHANNEL SUMMING MODE FOR INPUT CHANNELS Channel summing mode is disabled SNR AND DYNAMIC RANGE
BOOST Not applicable Output channel 1 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2) / 2 Output channel 2 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2) / 2 01 Output channel 3 = (input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 2 Around 3-dB boost in SNR and dynamic range Output channel 4 = (input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 2 Output channel 5 = (input channel 5 + input channel 6) / 2 Output channel 6 = (input channel 5 + input channel 6) / 2 Output channel 1 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 10 Output channel 2 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 Output channel 3 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 Around 6-dB boost in SNR and
dynamic range Output channel 4 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 11 Reserved (do not use this setting) Not applicable The device additionally supports a fully programmable mixer feature that can mix the various input channels with their custom programmable scale factor to generate the final output channels. The programmable mixer feature is available only if CH_SUM[2:0] is set to 2'b00. The mixer function is only supported for input channel 1 to channel 4. Figure 34 shows a block diagram that describes the mixer 1 operation to generate output channel 1. The programmable coefficients for the mixer operation are located in the Programmable Coefficient Registers:
Input Channel-1 Processed Data Attenuated by MIX1_CH1
factor Input Channel-2 Processed Data Attenuated by MIX1_CH2
factor Input Channel-3 Processed Data Attenuated by MIX1_CH3
factor Input Channel-4 Processed Data Attenuated by MIX1_CH4
factor Output Channel-1 Routed to Bi-Quad
Filter + Figure 34. Programmable Digital Mixer Block Diagram A similar mixer operation is performed by mixer 2, mixer 3, and mixer 4 to generate output channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4, respectively.
34 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7 Configurable Digital Decimation Filters The device record channel includes a high dynamic range, built-in digital decimation filter to process the oversampled data from the multibit delta-sigma (ΔΣ) modulator to generate digital data at the same Nyquist sampling rate as the FSYNC rate. As illustrated in Figure 32, this decimation filter can also be used for processing the oversampled PDM stream from the digital microphone. The decimation filter can be chosen from three different types, depending on the required frequency response, group delay, and phase linearity requirements for the target application. The selection of the decimation filter option can be done by configuring the DECI_FILT, P0_R107_D[5:4] register bits. Table 21 shows the configuration register setting for the decimation filter mode selection for the record channel.
Table 21. Decimation Filter Mode Selection for the Record Channel
P0_R107_D[5:4] : DECI_FILT[1:0] DECIMATION FILTER MODE SELECTION
00 (default) Linear phase filters are used for the decimation
01 Low latency filters are used for the decimation 10 Ultra-low latency filters are used for the decimation 11 Reserved (do not use this setting)
8.3.6.7.1 Linear Phase Filters The linear phase decimation filters are the default filters set by the device and can be used for all applications that require a perfect linear phase with zero-phase deviation within the pass-band specification of the filter. The filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates are listed in this section.
8.3.6.7.1.1 Sampling Rate: 8 kHz or 7.35 kHz Figure 35 and Figure 36 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 8 kHz or 7.35 kHz. Table 22 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 8-kHz or 7.35-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05 0.1
D001 Figure 35. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 0.5
D001 Figure 36. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 22. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency TEST CONDITIONS MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 72.7 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 81.2 Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB 17.1 1/f S Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 35
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Figure 37 and Figure 38 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. Table 23 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05 0.1
D001 Figure 37. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 0.5
D001 Figure 38. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 23. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency TEST CONDITIONS MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 73.3 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 95.0 TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S 15.7 1/f S
Figure 39 and Figure 40 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. Table 24 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 24-kHz or 22.05-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05
D001 Figure 39. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 0.5
D001 Figure 40. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 24. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency 36 TEST CONDITIONS MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 73.0 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 96.4 Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S Submit Documentation Feedback TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB 16.6 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Figure 41 and Figure 42 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz. Table 25 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 32-kHz or 29.4-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05 0.1
D001 Figure 41. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 0.5
D001 Figure 42. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 25. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 73.7 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 107.2 TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S 16.9 1/f S
Figure 43 and Figure 44 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. Table 26 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05
D001 Figure 43. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 0.5
D001 Figure 44. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 26. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency TEST CONDITIONS MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 73.8 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 98.1 Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB 17.1 1/f S Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 37 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Figure 45 and Figure 46 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. Table 27 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 96-kHz or 88.2-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05
D001 Figure 45. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 0.5
D001 Figure 46. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 27. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 73.6 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 97.9 TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × f S 17.1 1/f S
Figure 47 and Figure 48 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. Table 28 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 192-kHz or 176.4-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0 0.05
D001 Figure 47. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.35 0.4
D001 Figure 48. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 28. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency 38 TEST CONDITIONS MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.3 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.473 × f S to 4 × f S 70.0 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 111.0 Frequency range is 0 to 0.3 × f S Submit Documentation Feedback TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB 11.9 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Figure 49 and Figure 50 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz. Table 29 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 384-kHz or 352.8-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0
D001 Figure 49. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.25 0.3
D001 Figure 50. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 29. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group delay or latency MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.212 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 4 × f S 70.0 Frequency range is 4 × f S onwards 108.8 Frequency range is 0 to 0.212 × f S TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB 7.2 1/f S
Figure 51 and Figure 52 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 768 kHz or 705.6 kHz. Table 30 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 768-kHz or 705.6-kHz sampling rate.
10 0.5 0 0.4 -10 0.3 -30 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -40 -50 -60 -70 0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -100 -0.4 -110 -0.5
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4 0
D001 Figure 51. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.05 0.1 0.15
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.2
D001 Figure 52. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple Table 30. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER Pass-band ripple Stop-band attenuation Group Delay or Latency TEST CONDITIONS MIN Frequency range is 0 to 0.113 × f S –0.05 Frequency range is 0.58 × f S to 2 × f S 75.0 Frequency range is 2 × f S onwards 88.0 Frequency range is 0 to 0.113 × f S TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB dB 5.9 1/f S Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 39 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
For applications where low latency with minimal phase deviation (within the audio band) is critical, the lowlatency decimation filters on the TLV320ADC3140 can be used. The device supports these filters with a group delay of approximately seven samples with an almost linear phase response within the 0.365 × f S frequency band. This section provides the filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates for the low-latency filters.
10 0.5 0.5 0 0.4 0.4 -10 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -0.1
-70 -0.2 -0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -0.3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 Figure 53. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response D002 -0.4 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 53 shows the magnitude response and Figure 54 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. Table 31 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate.
-0.5 0.5
D002 Figure 54. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 31. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS MIN Pass-band ripple PARAMETER
Frequency range is 0 to 0.451 × f S –0.05 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.61 × f S onwards 87.3 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × f S –0.022 0.022 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × f S –0.21 0.25 Degrees 40 TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB
dB 7.6 Submit Documentation Feedback 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
10 0.5 0.5 0 0.4 0.4 -10 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -0.1
-70 -0.2 -0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -0.3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 -0.4 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 55 shows the magnitude response and Figure 56 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. Table 32 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 24-kHz or 22.05-kHz sampling rate.
-0.5 0.5
D002 Figure 56. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation D002 Figure 55. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response Table 32. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.01 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.459 × f S –0.01 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 87.2 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.026 0.026 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.26 0.30 Degrees dB 7.5 1/f S
10 0.5 0.5 0 0.4 0.4 -10 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -0.1
-70 -0.2 -0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -0.3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 Figure 57. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response D002 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
-0.4 0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 57 shows the magnitude response and Figure 58 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz. Table 33 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 32-kHz or 29.4-kHz sampling rate.
-0.5 0.5
D002 Figure 58. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 41 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Table 33. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.04 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.457 × f S –0.04 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 88.3 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × f S –0.026 0.026 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × f S –0.26 0.31 Degrees dB 8.7 1/f S
10 0.5 0.5 0 0.4 0.4 -10 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1
0 0
-0.1 -0.1
-70 -0.2 -0.2 -80 -0.3 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -0.3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 Figure 59. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response D002 -0.4 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 59 shows the magnitude response and Figure 60 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. Table 34 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate.
-0.5 0.5
D002 Figure 60. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 34. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.015 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.452 × f S –0.015 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 86.4 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.027 0.027 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.25 0.30 Degrees 42 dB 7.7 Submit Documentation Feedback 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
10 0.5 0.5 0 0.4 0.4 -10 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -0.1
-70 -0.2 -0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -0.3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 -0.4 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 61 shows the magnitude response and Figure 62 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. Table 35 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 96-kHz or 88.2-kHz sampling rate.
-0.5 0.5
D002 Figure 62. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation D002 Figure 61. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response Table 35. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.04 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.466 × f S –0.04 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 86.3 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.027 0.027 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.26 0.30 Degrees dB 7.7 1/f S
10 0.5 0.5 0 0.4 0.4 -10 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -0.1
-70 -0.2 -0.2 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -0.3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 Figure 63. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response D002 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
-0.4 0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 63 shows the magnitude response and Figure 64 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. Table 36 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 192-kHz or 176.4-kHz sampling rate.
-0.5 0.5
D002 Figure 64. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 43 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Table 36. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS MIN Pass-band ripple PARAMETER
Frequency range is 0 to 463 × f S –0.03 TYP MAX UNIT
0.03 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 85.6 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.027 0.027 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × f S –0.26 0.30 Degrees dB 7.7 1/f S
For applications where ultra-low latency (within the audio band) is critical, the ultra-low-latency decimation filters on the TLV320ADC3140 can be used. The device supports these filters with a group delay of approximately four samples with an almost linear phase response within the 0.325 × f S frequency band. This section provides the filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates for the ultra-low-latency filters.
10 0.5 25 0 0.4 20 -10 0.3 15
0.2 10
0.1 5 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -5
-70 -0.2 -10 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -15 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4
D003 Figure 65. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response -20 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 65 shows the magnitude response and Figure 66 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. Table 37 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate.
-25 0.5
D003 Figure 66. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 37. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS MIN Pass-band ripple PARAMETER
Frequency range is 0 to 0.45 × f S –0.05 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 87.2 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –0.512 0.512 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –10.0 14.2 Degrees 44 TYP MAX UNIT
0.05 dB
dB 4.3 Submit Documentation Feedback 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
10 0.5 25 0 0.4 20 -10 0.3 15
0.2 10
0.1 5 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -5
-70 -0.2 -10 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -50 -60 -15 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4 -20 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 67 shows the magnitude response and Figure 68 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. Table 38 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 24-kHz or 22.05-kHz sampling rate.
-25 0.5
D003 Figure 68. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation D003 Figure 67. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response Table 38. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.01 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.46 × f S –0.01 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 87.1 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –0.514 0.514 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –10.0 14.3 Degrees dB 4.1 1/f S
10 0.5 25 0 0.4 20 -10 0.3 15
0.2 10
0.1 5 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40
0 0
-0.1 -5
-70 -0.2 -10 -80 -0.3 -50 -60 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -15 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4
D003 Figure 69. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
-20 0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 69 shows the magnitude response and Figure 70 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz. Table 39 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 32-kHz or 29.4-kHz sampling rate.
-25 0.5
D003 Figure 70. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 45
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Table 39. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.04 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.457 × f S –0.04 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 88.3 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –0.492 0.492 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –9.5 13.5 Degrees dB 5.2 1/f S
10 0.5 25 0 0.4 20 -10 0.3 15
0.2 10
0.1 5
0 0
-0.1 -5
-70 -0.2 -10 -80 -0.3 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -15 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 0.1 4
D003 Figure 71. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response -20 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 71 shows the magnitude response and Figure 72 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. Table 40 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate.
-25 0.5
D003 Figure 72. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 40. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.015 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.452 × f S –0.015 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 86.4 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –0.525 0.525 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × f S –10.3 14.5 Degrees 46 dB 4.1 Submit Documentation Feedback 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
10 0.5 5 0 0.4 4 -10 0.3 3
0.2 2
0.1 1 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 0 0
-0.1 -1
-0.2 -2
-0.3 -90 -3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation -0.4 -100 -4
-0.5 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0 4
D003 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 73 shows the magnitude response and Figure 74 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. Table 41 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 96-kHz or 88.2-kHz sampling rate.
-5 0.5 0.45
D003 Figure 74. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple and Phase Deviation Figure 73. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response Table 41. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.04 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.466 × f S –0.04 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 86.3 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.1625 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.1625 × f S –0.091 0.091 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.1625 × f S –0.86 1.30 Degrees dB 3.7 1/f S
10 0.5 5 0 0.4 4 -10 0.3 3
0.2 2
0.1 1
0 0
-0.1 -1
-0.2 -2 Magnitude (dB) Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -0.3 -90 -3 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation -0.4 -100 -4
-0.5 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 4
D003 Figure 75. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.4 0.45 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 75 shows the magnitude response and Figure 76 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. Table 42 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 192-kHz or 176.4-kHz sampling rate.
-5 0.5
D003 Figure 76. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 47 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Table 42. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.03 dB Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.463 × f S –0.03 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × f S onwards 85.6 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × f S –0.024 0.024 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × f S –0.12 0.18 Degrees dB 3.7 1/f S
10 0.5 2 0 0.4 1.6 -10 0.3 1.2
0.2 0.8
0.1 0.4
0 0
-0.1 -0.4
-70 -0.2 -0.8 -80 -0.3 Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB)
-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -90 -0.4 -100 -0.5 -1.2 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation
0 -110
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
3.2 3.6 0.05 4
D002 Figure 77. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response -1.6 0.1 0.15 Normalized Frequency (1/f S )
0.2 Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree)
Figure 77 shows the magnitude response and Figure 78 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz. Table 43 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 384-kHz or 352.8-kHz sampling rate.
-2 0.25
D002 Figure 78. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 43. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS MIN Pass-band ripple PARAMETER
Frequency range is 0 to 0.1 × f S –0.04 Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.56 × f S onwards 70.1 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × f S Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × f S –0.18 0.18 1/f S Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × f S –0.85 2.07 Degrees 48 TYP MAX UNIT
0.01 dB
dB 4.1 Submit Documentation Feedback 1/f S Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.7 Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) The device includes an automatic gain controller (AGC) for ADC recording. As shown in Figure 79, the AGC can be used to maintain a nominally constant output level when recording speech. Instead of manually setting the channel gain in AGC mode, the circuitry automatically adjusts the channel gain when the input signal becomes overly loud or very weak, such as when a person speaking into a microphone moves closer to or farther from the microphone. The AGC algorithm has several programmable parameters, including target level, maximum gain allowed, attack and release (or decay) time constants, and noise thresholds that allow the algorithm to be finetuned for any particular application.
Input Signal Output Signal Target Level AGC Gain Decay Time Attack
Time Figure 79. AGC Characteristics The target level (AGC_LVL) represents the nominal approximate output level at which the AGC attempts to hold the ADC output signal level. The TLV320ADC3140 allows programming of different target levels, which can be programmed from –6 dB to –36 dB relative to a full-scale signal, and the AGC_LVL default value is set to –34 dB. The target level is recommended to be set with enough margin to prevent clipping when loud sounds occur. Table 44 lists the AGC target level configuration settings.
Table 44. AGC Target Level Programmable Settings
P0_R112_D[7:4] : AGC_LVL[3:0] AGC TARGET LEVEL FOR OUTPUT
0000 The AGC target level is the –6-dB output signal level 0001 The AGC target level is the –8-dB output signal level 0010 The AGC target level is the –10-dB output signal level … … 1110 (default) The AGC target level is the –34-dB output signal level
1111 The AGC target level is the –36-dB output signal level Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 49 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com The maximum gain allowed (AGC_MAXGAIN) gives flexibility to the designer to restrict the maximum gain applied by the AGC. This feature limits the channel gain in situations where environmental noise is greater than the programmed noise threshold. The AGC_MAXGAIN can be programmed from 3 dB to 42 dB with steps of 3 dB and the default value is set to 24 dB. Table 45 lists the AGC_MAXGAIN configuration settings.
Table 45. AGC Maximum Gain Programmable Settings
| P0_R112_D[3:0] : AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0] | AGC MAXIMUM GAIN ALLOWED |
|---|---|
| 0000 | The AGC maximum gain allowed is 3 dB |
| 0001 | The AGC maximum gain allowed is 6 dB |
| 0010 | The AGC maximum gain allowed is 9 dB |
| … | … |
| 0111 (default) | The AGC maximum gain allowed is 24 dB |
| … | … |
| 1110 | The AGC maximum gain allowed is 39 dB |
| 1111 | The AGC maximum gain allowed is 42 dB |
For further details on the AGC various configurable parameter and application use, see the Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report.
50 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.8 Digital PDM Microphone Record Channel In addition to supporting analog microphones, the device also interfaces to digital pulse-density-modulation (PDM) microphones and uses high-order and high-performance decimation filters to generate pulse code modulation (PCM) output data that can be transmitted on the audio serial interface to the host. If analog microphones are not used in the system, then the analog input pins (INxP and INxM) can be repurposed as the GPIx and GPOx pins respectively and can be configured for the PDMDINx and PDMCLK clocks for digital PDM microphone recording. The device supports up to eight digital microphone recording channels. The device internally generates PCMCLK with a programmable frequency of either 6.144 MHz, 3.072 MHz, 1.536 MHz, or 768 kHz (for output data sample rates in multiples or submultiples of 48 kHz) or 5.6448 MHz, 2.8224 MHz, 1.4112 MHz, or 705.6 kHz (for output data sample rates in multiples or submultiples of 44.1 kHz) using the PDMCLK_DIV[1:0], P0_R31_D[1:0] register bits. PDMCLK can be routed on the GPOx pin. This clock can be connected to the external digital microphone device. Figure 80 shows a connection diagram of the digital PDM microphones.
VDD
VDD SEL VDD
Digital PDM Microphone IOVDD DATA U1
CLK GND GND TLV320ADCx140 VDD
VDD SEL Digital PDM Microphone DATA GPIx (PDMDINx)
CLK GPOx (PDMCLK)
U2
GND
GND
Figure 80. Digital PDM Microphones Connection Diagram to the TLV320ADC3140 The single-bit output of the external digital microphone device can be connected to the GPIx pin. This single data line can be shared by two digital microphones to place their data on the opposite edge of PDMCLK. Internally, the device latches the steady value of the data on the rising edge of PDMCLK or the falling edge of PDMCLK based on the configuration register bits set in P0_R32_D[7:4]. Figure 81 shows the digital PDM microphone interface timing diagram.
| PDMDINx | D1[n] | D2[n] | D1[n+1] | D2[n+1] | D1[n+2] |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Mic-1 | Mic-2 | Mic-1 | Mic-2 | Mic-1 | |
| Data | Data | Data | Data | Data |
Figure 81. Digital PDM Microphone Protocol Timing Diagram When the digital microphone is used for recording, the analog blocks of the respective ADC channel are powered down and bypassed for power efficiency. Use the CH1_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R60_D[6:5]), CH2_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R65_D[6:5]), CH3_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R70_D[6:5]), and CH4_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R75_D[6:5]) register bits to select the analog microphone or digital microphone for channel 1 to channel 4.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 51 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.3.9 Interrupts, Status, and Digital I/O Pin Multiplexing Certain events in the device may require host processor intervention and can be used to trigger interrupts to the host processor. One such event is an audio serial interface (ASI) bus error. The device powers down the record channels if any faults are detected with the ASI bus error clocks, such as: • Invalid FSYNC frequency • Invalid SBCLK to FSYNC ratio • Long pauses of the SBCLK or FSYNC clocks When an ASI bus clock error is detected, the device shuts down the record channel as quickly as possible. After all ASI bus clock errors are resolved, the device volume ramps back to its previous state to recover the record channel. During an ASI bus clock error, the internal interrupt request (IRQ) interrupt signal asserts low if the clock error interrupt mask register bit INT_MASK0[7], P0_R51_D7 is set low. The clock fault is also available for readback in the latched fault status register bit INT_LTCH0, P0_R54, which is a read-only register. Reading the latched fault status register, INT_LTCH0, clears all latched fault status. The device can be additionally configured to route the internal IRQ interrupt signal on the GPIO1 or GPOx pins and also can be configured as open-drain outputs so that these pins can be wire-ANDed to the open-drain interrupt outputs of other devices. The IRQ interrupt signal can either be configured as active low or active high polarity by setting the INT_POL, P0_R50_D7 register bit. This signal can also be configured as a single pulse or a series of pulses by programming the INT_EVENT[1:0], P0_R50_D[6:5] register bits. If the interrupts are configured as a series of pulses, the events trigger the start of pulses that stop when the latched fault status register is read to determine the cause of the interrupt. The device also supports read-only live-status registers to determine if the channels are powered up or down and if the device is in sleep mode or not. These status registers are located in P0_R118, DEV_STS0 and P0_R119, DEV_STS1. The device has a multifunctional GPIO1 pin that can be configured for a desired specific function. Additionally, if the channel is not used for analog input recording, then the analog input pins for that channel (INxP and INxM) can be repurposed as multifunction pins (GPIx and GPOx) by configuring the CHx_INSRC[1:0] register bits located in the CHx_CFG0 register. The maximum number of GPO pins supported by the device is four and the maximum number of GPI pins are four. Table 46 shows all possible allocations of these multifunctional pins for the various features.
Table 46. Multifunction Pin Assignments (1)
| ROW | Pin Function(1) | GPIO1 | GPO1 | GPO2 | GPO3 | GPO4 | GPI1 | GPI2 | GPI3 | GPI4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| — | GPIO1_CFG | GPO1_CFG | GPO2_CFG | GPO3_CFG | GPO4_CFG | GPI1_CFG | GPI2_CFG | GPI3_CFG | GPI4_CFG | |
| — | P0_R33[7:4] | P0_R34[7:4] | P0_R35[7:4] | P0_R36[7:4] | P0_R37[7:4] | P0_R43[6:4] | P0_R43[2:0] | P0_R44[6:4] | P0_R44[2:0] | |
| A | Pin disabled | S(2) | S (default) | |||||||
| B | General-purpose output (GPO) | S | S | S | S | S | NS(3) | NS | NS | NS |
| C | Interrupt output (IRQ) | S (default) | S | S | S | S | NS | NS | NS | NS |
| D | Secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)(4) | S | S | S | S | S | NS | NS | NS | NS |
| E | PDM clock output (PDMCLK) | S | S | S | S | S | NS | NS | NS | NS |
| F | MiCBIAS on/off input (BIASEN) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | NS | NS | NS | NS |
| G | General-purpose input (GPI) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
| H | Master clock input (MCLK) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
| I | ASI daisy-chain input (SDIN) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
| J | PDM data input 1 (PDMDIN1) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
| K | PDM data input 2 (PDMDIN2) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
| L | PDM data input 3 (PDMDIN3) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
| M | PDM data input 4 (PDMDIN4) | S | NS | NS | NS | NS | S | S | S | S |
Only the GPIO1 pin is with reference to the IOVDD supply, the other GPOx and GPIx pins are with reference to the AVDD supply and their primary pin functions are for the PDMCLK or PDMDIN function. S means the feature mentioned in this row is supported for the respective GPIO1, GPOx, or GPIx pin mentioned in this column. NS means the feature mentioned in this row is not supported for the respective GPIO1, GPOx, or GPIx pin mentioned in this column. For the high-speed ASI output, GPIO1 must be used instead of GPOx for the secondary ASI output. GPOx can be used only if the bus speed requirement is less than 6.144 MHz.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Each GPOx or GPIOx pin can be independently set for the desired drive configurations setting using the GPOx_DRV[3:0] or GPIO1_DRV[3:0] register bits. Table 47 lists the drive configuration settings.
Table 47. GPIO or GPOx Pins Drive Configuration Settings
P0_R33_D[3:0] : GPIO1_DRV[3:0] GPIO OUTPUT DRIVE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS FOR GPIO1
000 The GPIO1 pin is set to high impedance (floated) 001 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or active high 010 (default) The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or weak high (on-chip pullup)
011 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or Hi-Z (floated) 100 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven weak low (on-chip pulldown) or active high 101 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven Hi-Z (floated) or active high 110 and 111 Reserved (do not use these settings)
Similarly, the GPO1 to GPO4 pins can be configured using the GPO1_DRV(P0_R34) to GPO4_DRV(P0_R37) register bits, respectively. When configured as a general-purpose output (GPO), the GPIO1 or GPOx pin values can be driven by writing the GPIO_VAL or GPOx_VAL, P0_R41 registers. The GPIO_MON, P0_R42 register can be used to readback the status of the GPIO1 pin when configured as a general-purpose input (GPI). Similarly, the GPI_MON, P0_R47 register can be used to readback the status of the GPIx pins when configured as a general-purpose input (GPI).
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 53 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.4.1 Hardware Shutdown The device enters hardware shutdown mode when the SHDNZ pin is asserted low or the AVDD supply voltage is not applied to the device. In hardware shutdown mode, the device consumes the minimum quiescent current from the AVDD supply. All configuration registers and programmable coefficients lose their value in this mode, and I 2 C or SPI communication to the device is not supported. If the SHDNZ pin is asserted low when the device is in active mode, the device ramps down volume on the record data, powers down the analog and digital blocks, and puts the device into hardware shutdown mode in 25 ms (typical). The device can also be immediately put into hardware shutdown mode from active mode if the SHDNZ_CFG[1:0], P0_R5_D[3:2], register bits are set to 2'b00. After the SHDNZ pin is asserted low, and after the device enters hardware shutdown mode, keep the SHDNZ pin low for at least 1 ms before releasing SHDNZ for further device operation. Assert the SHDNZ pin high only when the IOVDD supply settles to a steady voltage level. When the SHDNZ pin goes high, the device sets all configuration registers and programmable coefficients to their default values, and then enters sleep mode.
8.4.2 Sleep Mode or Software Shutdown In sleep mode or software shutdown mode, the device consumes very low quiescent current from the AVDD supply and, at the same time, allows the I 2 C or SPI communication to wake the device for active operation. The device can also enter sleep mode when the host device sets the SLEEP_ENZ, P0_R2_D0 bit to 1'b0. If the SLEEP_ENZ bit is asserted low when the device is in active mode, the device ramps down the volume on the record data, powers down the analog and digital blocks, and enters sleep mode. However, the device still continues to retain the last programmed value of the device configuration registers and programmable coefficients. In sleep mode, do not perform any I 2 C or SPI transactions, except for exiting sleep mode in order to enter active mode. After entering sleep mode, wait at least 10 ms before starting I 2 C or SPI transactions to exit sleep mode. While exiting sleep mode, the host device must configure the TLV320ADC3140 to use either an external 1.8-V AREG supply (default setting) or an on-chip-regulator-generated AREG supply. To configure the AREG supply, write to AREG_SELECT, bit D7 in the same P0_R2 register.
8.4.3 Active Mode If the host device exits sleep mode by setting the SLEEP_ENZ bit to 1'b1, the device enters active mode. In active mode, I 2 C or SPI transactions can be done to configure and power-up the device for active operation. After entering active mode, wait at least 1 ms before starting any I 2 C or SPI transactions in order to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence. After configuring all other registers for the target application and system settings, configure the input and output channel enable registers, P0_R115 (IN_CH_EN) and P0_R116 (ASI_OUT_CH_EN), respectively. Lastly, configure the device power-up register, P0_R117 (PWR_CFG). All the programmable coefficient values must be written before powering up the respective channel. In active mode, the power-up and power-down status of various blocks is monitored by reading the read-only device status bits located in the P0_R117 (DEV_STS0) and P0_R118 (DEV_STS1) registers.
8.4.4 Software Reset A software reset can be done any time by asserting the SW_RESET bit, P0_R1_D0, which is a self-clearing bit. This software reset immediately shuts down the device, and restores all device configuration registers and programmable coefficients to their default values.
54 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
The device contains configuration registers and programmable coefficients that can be set to the desired values for a specific system and application use. These registers are called device control registers and are each eight bits in width, mapped using a page scheme. Each page contains 128 configuration registers. All device configuration registers are stored in page 0, which is the default page setting at power up and after a software reset. All programmable coefficient registers are located in page 2, page 3, and page 4. The current page of the device can be switched to a new desired page by using the PAGE[7:0] bits located in register 0 of every page.
8.5.1 Control Serial Interfaces The device control registers can be accessed using either I 2 C or SPI communication to the device. By monitoring the SDA_SSZ, SCL_MOSI, ADDR0_SCLK, and ADDR1_MISO device pins, which are the multiplexed pins for the I 2 C or SPI Interface, the device automatically detects whether the host device is using I 2 C or SPI communication to configure the device. For a given end application, the host device must always use either the I 2 C or SPI interface, but not both, to configure the device.
8.5.1.1 I 2 C Control Interface The device supports the I 2 C control protocol as a slave device, and is capable of operating in standard mode, fast mode, and fast mode plus. The I 2 C control protocol requires a 7-bit slave address. The five most significant bits (MSBs) of the slave address are fixed at 10011 and cannot be changed. The two least significant bits (LSBs) are programmable and are controlled by the ADDR0_SCLK and ADDR1_MISO pins. These two pins must always be either pulled to VSS or IOVDD. If the I2C_BRDCAST_EN (P0_R2_D2) bit is set to 1'b1, then the I 2 C slave address is fixed to 1001100 in order to allow simultaneous I 2 C broadcast communication to all TLV320ADC3140 devices in the system. Table 48 lists the four possible device addresses resulting from this configuration.
Table 48. I 2 C Slave Address Settings ADDR1_MISO ADDR0_SCLK I2C_BRDCAST_EN (P0_R2_D2) I 2 C SLAVE ADDRESS
0 0 0 (default) 1001 100 0 1 0 (default) 1001 101 1 0 0 (default) 1001 110 1 1 0 (default) 1001 111 X X 1 1001 100 8.5.1.1.1 General I 2 C Operation The I 2 C bus employs two signals, SDA (data) and SCL (clock), to communicate between integrated circuits in a system using serial data transmission. The address and data 8-bit bytes are transferred MSB first. In addition, each byte transferred on the bus is acknowledged by the receiving device with an acknowledge bit. Each transfer operation begins with the master device driving a start condition on the bus and ends with the master device driving a stop condition on the bus. The bus uses transitions on the data pin (SDA) while the clock is at logic high to indicate start and stop conditions. A high-to-low transition on SDA indicates a start, and a low-to-high transition indicates a stop. Normal data-bit transitions must occur within the low time of the clock period. The master device drives a start condition followed by the 7-bit slave address and the read/write (R/W) bit to open communication with another device and then waits for an acknowledgment condition. The slave device holds SDA low during the acknowledge clock period to indicate acknowledgment. When this occurs, the master device transmits the next byte of the sequence. Each slave device is addressed by a unique 7-bit slave address plus the R/W bit (1 byte). All compatible devices share the same signals via a bidirectional bus using a wiredAND connection.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 55
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com There is no limit on the number of bytes that can be transmitted between start and stop conditions. When the last word transfers, the master device generates a stop condition to release the bus. Figure 82 shows a generic data transfer sequence.
8- Bit Data for Register (N)
8- Bit Data for Register (N+1)
Figure 82. Typical I 2 C Sequence In the system, use external pullup resistors for the SDA and SCL signals to set the logic high level for the bus. The SDA and SCL voltages must not exceed the device supply voltage, IOVDD.
8.5.1.1.2 I 2 C Single-Byte and Multiple-Byte Transfers The device I 2 C interface supports both single-byte and multiple-byte read/write operations for all registers. During multiple-byte read operations, the device responds with data, a byte at a time, starting at the register assigned, as long as the master device continues to respond with acknowledges. The device supports sequential I 2 C addressing. For write transactions, if a register is issued followed by data for that register and all the remaining registers that follow, a sequential I 2 C write transaction takes place. For I 2 C sequential write transactions, the register issued then serves as the starting point, and the amount of data subsequently transmitted, before a stop or start is transmitted, determines how many registers are written.
8.5.1.1.2.1 I 2 C Single-Byte Write As shown in Figure 83, a single-byte data write transfer begins with the master device transmitting a start condition followed by the I 2 C device address and the read/write bit. The read/write bit determines the direction of the data transfer. For a write-data transfer, the read/write bit must be set to 0. After receiving the correct I 2 C slave address and the read/write bit, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Next, the master device transmits the register byte corresponding to the device internal register address being accessed. After receiving the register byte, the device again responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Then, the master transmits the byte of data to be written to the specified register. When finished, the slave device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Finally, the master device transmits a stop condition to complete the single-byte data write transfer.
Start Condition Acknowledge A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I 2 C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit R/W ACK A7 Acknowledge A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK D7 Acknowledge D6 Register D5 D4 D3 Data Byte D2 D1 D0 ACK Stop Condition
Figure 83. I 2 C Single-Byte Write Transfer 56 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.5.1.1.2.2 I 2 C Multiple-Byte Write As shown in Figure 84, a multiple-byte data write transfer is identical to a single-byte data write transfer except that multiple data bytes are transmitted by the master device to the slave device. After receiving each data byte, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Finally, the master device transmits a stop condition after the last data-byte write transfer.
Register Figure 84. I 2 C Multiple-Byte Write Transfer 8.5.1.1.2.3 I 2 C Single-Byte Read As shown in Figure 85, a single-byte data read transfer begins with the master device transmitting a start condition followed by the I 2 C slave address and the read/write bit. For the data read transfer, both a write followed by a read are done. Initially, a write is done to transfer the address byte of the internal register address to be read. As a result, the read/write bit is set to 0. After receiving the slave address and the read/write bit, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). The master device then sends the internal register address byte, after which the device issues an acknowledge bit (ACK). The master device transmits another start condition followed by the slave address and the read/write bit again. This time, the read/write bit is set to 1, indicating a read transfer. Next, the device transmits the data byte from the register address being read. After receiving the data byte, the master device transmits a notacknowledge (NACK) followed by a stop condition to complete the single-byte data read transfer.
Repeat Start Condition Start Condition Acknowledge A6 A5 A1 Acknowledge A0 R/W ACK A7 A6 I 2 C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit A5 A4 A0 ACK Not Acknowledge Acknowledge A6 A5 A1 A0 R/W ACK D7 D6 I 2 C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit Register D1 D0 ACK Stop Condition Data Byte Figure 85. I 2 C Single-Byte Read Transfer 8.5.1.1.2.4 I 2 C Multiple-Byte Read As shown in Figure 86, a multiple-byte data read transfer is identical to a single-byte data read transfer except that multiple data bytes are transmitted by the device to the master device. With the exception of the last data byte, the master device responds with an acknowledge bit after receiving each data byte. After receiving the last data byte, the master device transmits a not-acknowledge (NACK) followed by a stop condition to complete the data read transfer.
Repeat Start Condition Start Condition Acknowledge A6 A0 R/W ACK A7 I 2 C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit Acknowledge A6 A5 Register A0 ACK Acknowledge A6 A0 R/W ACK D7 I 2 C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit Acknowledge Acknowledge Not Acknowledge D0 D0 ACK D7 D0 ACK First Data Byte ACK D7 Other Data Bytes Last Data Byte Stop
Condition Figure 86. I 2 C Multiple-Byte Read Transfer Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 57 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
8.5.1.2 SPI Control Interface The general SPI protocol allows full-duplex, synchronous, serial communication between a host processor (the master) and peripheral devices (slaves). The SPI master (in this case, the host processor) generates the synchronizing clock (driven onto SCLK) and initiates transmissions by taking the slave-select pin SSZ from high to low. The SPI slave devices (such as the TLV320ADC3140) depend on a master to start and synchronize transmissions. A transmission begins when initiated by an SPI master. The byte from the SPI master begins shifting in on the slave MOSI pin under the control of the master serial clock (driven onto SCLK). When the byte shifts in on the MOSI pin, a byte shifts out on the MISO pin to the master shift register. The TLV320ADC3140 supports a standard SPI control protocol with a clock polarity setting of 0 (typical microprocessor SPI control bit CPOL = 0) and a clock phase setting of 1 (typical microprocessor SPI control bit CPHA = 1). The SSZ pin can remain low between transmissions; however, the device only interprets the first eight bits transmitted after the falling edge of SSZ as a command byte, and the next eight bits as a data byte only if writing to a register. The device is entirely controlled by registers. Reading and writing these registers is accomplished by an 8-bit command sent to the MOSI pin prior to the data for that register. Table 49 shows the command structure. The first seven bits specify the address of the register that is being written or read, from 0 to 127 (decimal). The command word ends with an R/W bit, which specifies the direction of data flow on the serial bus. In the case of a register write, set the R/W bit to 0. A second byte of data is sent to the MOSI pin and contains the data to be written to the register. A register read is accomplished in a similar fashion. The 8-bit command word sends the 7-bit register address, followed by the R/W bit equal to 1 to signify a register read. The 8-bit register data is then clocked out of the device on the MISO pin during the second eight SCLK clocks in the frame. The device supports sequential SPI addressing for a multiple-byte data write/read transfer until the SSZ pin is pulled high. A multiple-byte data write or read transfer is identical to a single-byte data write or read transfer, respectively, until all data byte transfers complete. The host device must keep the SSZ pin low during all data byte transfers. Figure 87 shows the single-byte write transfer and Figure 88 shows the single-byte read transfer.
Table 49. SPI Command Word BIT 7 ADDR(6)
BIT 6 ADDR(5)
BIT 5 ADDR(4)
BIT 4 ADDR(3)
BIT 3 ADDR(2)
BIT 2 ADDR(1)
BIT 1 ADDR(0)
BIT 0 R/WZ SS SCLK MOSI Hi-Z
RA(6) RA(5) RA(0)
7-bit Register Address MISO D(7)
Write D(6) D(0)
Hi-Z 8-bit Register Data Hi-Z Hi-Z
Figure 87. SPI Single-Byte Write Transfer SS SCLK MOSI Hi-Z
RA(6) RA(5)
7-bit Register Address MISO Hi-Z RA(0)
Hi-Z Don’t Care Read 8-bit Register Data D(7) D(6) D(0)
Hi-Z Figure 88. SPI Single-Byte Read Transfer 58 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
This section describes the control registers for the device in detail. All these registers are eight bits in width and allocated to device configuration and programmable coefficients settings. These registers are mapped internally using a page scheme that can be controlled using either I 2 C or SPI communication to the device. Each page contains 128 bytes of registers. All device configuration registers are stored in page 0, which is the default page setting at power up (and after a software reset). All programmable coefficient registers are located in page 2, page 3, and page 4. The device current page can be switch to a new desired page by using the PAGE[7:0] bits located in register 0 of every page. Do not read from or write to reserved pages or reserved registers. Write only default values for the reserved bits in the valid registers. The procedure for register access across pages is: • Select page N (write data N to register 0 regardless of the current page number) • Read or write data from or to valid registers in page N • Select the new page M (write data M to register 0 regardless of the current page number) • Read or write data from or to valid registers in page M • Repeat as needed
8.6.1 Device Configuration Registers This section describes the device configuration registers for page 0.
Table 50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00
ADDRESS REGISTER DESCRIPTION SECTION
0x00 PAGE_CFG Device page register PAGE_CFG Register (P0_R0)
0x01 SW_RESET Software reset register SW_RESET Register (P0_R1)
0x02 SLEEP_CFG Sleep mode register SLEEP_CFG Register (P0_R2)
0x05 SHDN_CFG Shutdown configuration register SHDN_CFG Register (P0_R5)
0x07 ASI_CFG0 ASI configuration register 0 ASI_CFG0 Register (P0_R7)
0x08 ASI_CFG1 ASI configuration register 1 ASI_CFG1 Register (P0_R8)
0x09 ASI_CFG2 ASI configuration register 2 ASI_CFG2 Register (P0_R9)
0x0B ASI_CH1 Channel 1 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH1 Register (P0_R11)
0x0C ASI_CH2 Channel 2 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH2 Register (P0_R12)
0x0D ASI_CH3 Channel 3 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH3 Register (P0_R13)
0x0E ASI_CH4 Channel 4 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH4 Register (P0_R14)
0x0F ASI_CH5 Channel 5 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH5 Register (P0_R15)
0x10 ASI_CH6 Channel 6 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH6 Register (P0_R16)
0x11 ASI_CH7 Channel 7 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH7 Register (P0_R17)
0x12 ASI_CH8 Channel 8 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH8 Register (P0_R18)
0x13 MST_CFG0 ASI master mode configuration register 0 MST_CFG0 Register (P0_R19)
0x14 MST_CFG1 ASI master mode configuration register 1 MST_CFG1 Register (P0_R20)
0x15 ASI_STS ASI bus clock monitor status register ASI_STS Register (P0_R21)
0x16 CLK_SRC Clock source configuration register 0 CLK_SRC Register (P0_R22)
0x1F PDMCLK_CFG PDM clock generation configuration register PDMCLK_CFG Register (P0_R31)
0x20 PDMIN_CFG PDM DINx sampling edge register PDMIN_CFG Register (P0_R32)
0x21 GPIO_CFG0 GPIO configuration register 0 GPIO_CFG0 Register (P0_R33)
0x22 GPO_CFG0 GPO configuration register 0 GPO_CFG0 Register (P0_R34)
0x23 GPO_CFG1 GPO configuration register 1 GPO_CFG1 Register (P0_R35)
0x24 GPO_CFG2 GPO configuration register 2 GPO_CFG2 Register (P0_R36)
0x25 GPO_CFG3 GPO configuration register 3 GPO_CFG3 Register (P0_R37)
0x29 GPO_VAL GPIO, GPO output value register GPO_VAL Register (P0_R41)
0x2A GPIO_MON GPIO monitor value register GPIO_MON Register (P0_R42)
0x2B GPI_CFG0 GPI configuration register 0 GPI_CFG0 Register (P0_R43)
0x2C GPI_CFG1 GPI configuration register 1 GPI_CFG1 Register (P0_R44)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 59 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Table 50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00 (continued)
| ADDRESS | REGISTER | DESCRIPTION | SECTION |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x00 | PAGE_CFG | Device page register | PAGE_CFG Register (P0_R0) |
| 0x01 | SW_RESET | Software reset register | SW_RESET Register (P0_R1) |
| 0x02 | SLEEP_CFG | Sleep mode register | SLEEP_CFG Register (P0_R2) |
| 0x05 | SHDN_CFG | Shutdown configuration register | SHDN_CFG Register (P0_R5) |
| 0x07 | ASI_CFG0 | ASI configuration register 0 | ASI_CFG0 Register (P0_R7) |
| 0x08 | ASI_CFG1 | ASI configuration register 1 | ASI_CFG1 Register (P0_R8) |
| 0x09 | ASI_CFG2 | ASI configuration register 2 | ASI_CFG2 Register (P0_R9) |
| 0x0B | ASI_CH1 | Channel 1 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH1 Register (P0_R11) |
| 0x0C | ASI_CH2 | Channel 2 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH2 Register (P0_R12) |
| 0x0D | ASI_CH3 | Channel 3 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH3 Register (P0_R13) |
| 0x0E | ASI_CH4 | Channel 4 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH4 Register (P0_R14) |
| 0x0F | ASI_CH5 | Channel 5 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH5 Register (P0_R15) |
| 0x10 | ASI_CH6 | Channel 6 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH6 Register (P0_R16) |
| 0x11 | ASI_CH7 | Channel 7 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH7 Register (P0_R17) |
| 0x12 | ASI_CH8 | Channel 8 ASI slot configuration register | ASI_CH8 Register (P0_R18) |
| 0x13 | MST_CFG0 | ASI master mode configuration register 0 | MST_CFG0 Register (P0_R19) |
| 0x14 | MST_CFG1 | ASI master mode configuration register 1 | MST_CFG1 Register (P0_R20) |
| 0x15 | ASI_STS | ASI bus clock monitor status register | ASI_STS Register (P0_R21) |
| 0x16 | CLK_SRC | Clock source configuration register 0 | CLK_SRC Register (P0_R22) |
| 0x1F | PDMCLK_CFG | PDM clock generation configuration register | PDMCLK_CFG Register (P0_R31) |
| 0x20 | PDMIN_CFG | PDM DINx sampling edge register | PDMIN_CFG Register (P0_R32) |
| 0x21 | GPIO_CFG0 | GPIO configuration register 0 | GPIO_CFG0 Register (P0_R33) |
| 0x22 | GPO_CFG0 | GPO configuration register 0 | GPO_CFG0 Register (P0_R34) |
| 0x23 | GPO_CFG1 | GPO configuration register 1 | GPO_CFG1 Register (P0_R35) |
| 0x24 | GPO_CFG2 | GPO configuration register 2 | GPO_CFG2 Register (P0_R36) |
| 0x25 | GPO_CFG3 | GPO configuration register 3 | GPO_CFG3 Register (P0_R37) |
| 0x29 | GPO_VAL | GPIO, GPO output value register | GPO_VAL Register (P0_R41) |
| 0x2A | GPIO_MON | GPIO monitor value register | GPIO_MON Register (P0_R42) |
| 0x2B | GPI_CFG0 | GPI configuration register 0 | GPI_CFG0 Register (P0_R43) |
| 0x2C | GPI_CFG1 | GPI configuration register 1 | GPI_CFG1 Register (P0_R44) |
| 0x2F | GPI_MON | GPI monitor value register | GPI_MON Register (P0_R47) |
| 0x32 | INT_CFG | Interrupt configuration register | INT_CFG Register (P0_R50) |
| 0x33 | INT_MASK0 | Interrupt mask register 0 | INT_MASK0 Register (P0_R51) |
| 0x36 | INT_LTCH0 | Latched interrupt readback register 0 | INT_LTCH0 Register (P0_R54) |
| 0x3B | BIAS_CFG | Bias and ADC configuration register | BIAS_CFG Register (P0_R59) |
| 0x3C | CH1_CFG0 | Channel 1 configuration register 0 | CH1_CFG0 Register (P0_R60) |
| 0x3D | CH1_CFG1 | Channel 1 configuration register 1 | CH1_CFG1 Register (P0_R61) |
| 0x3E | CH1_CFG2 | Channel 1 configuration register 2 | CH1_CFG2 Register (P0_R62) |
| 0x3F | CH1_CFG3 | Channel 1 configuration register 3 | CH1_CFG3 Register (P0_R63) |
| 0x40 | CH1_CFG4 | Channel 1 configuration register 4 | CH1_CFG4 Register (P0_R64) |
| 0x41 | CH2_CFG0 | Channel 2 configuration register 0 | CH2_CFG0 Register (P0_R65) |
| 0x42 | CH2_CFG1 | Channel 2 configuration register 1 | CH2_CFG1 Register (P0_R66) |
| 0x43 | CH2_CFG2 | Channel 2 configuration register 2 | CH2_CFG2 Register (P0_R67) |
| 0x44 | CH2_CFG3 | Channel 2 configuration register 3 | CH2_CFG3 Register (P0_R68) |
| 0x45 | CH2_CFG4 | Channel 2 configuration register 4 | CH2_CFG4 Register (P0_R69) |
| 0x46 | CH3_CFG0 | Channel 3 configuration register 0 | CH3_CFG0 Register (P0_R70) |
| 0x47 | CH3_CFG1 | Channel 3 configuration register 1 | CH3_CFG1 Register (P0_R71) |
| 0x48 | CH3_CFG2 | Channel 3 configuration register 2 | CH3_CFG2 Register (P0_R72) |
| 0x49 | CH3_CFG3 | Channel 3 configuration register 3 | CH3_CFG3 Register (P0_R73) |
| 0x4A | CH3_CFG4 | Channel 3 configuration register 4 | CH3_CFG4 Register (P0_R74) |
| 0x4B | CH4_CFG0 | Channel 4 configuration register 0 | CH4_CFG0 Register (P0_R75) |
| 0x4C | CH4_CFG1 | Channel 4 configuration register 1 | CH4_CFG1 Register (P0_R76) |
| 0x4D | CH4_CFG2 | Channel 4 configuration register 2 | CH4_CFG2 Register (P0_R77) |
| 0x4E | CH4_CFG3 | Channel 4 configuration register 3 | CH4_CFG3 Register (P0_R78) |
| 0x4F | CH4_CFG4 | Channel 4 configuration register 4 | CH4_CFG4 Register (P0_R79) |
| 0x52 | CH5_CFG2 | Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 2 | CH5_CFG2 Register (P0_R82) |
| 0x53 | CH5_CFG3 | Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 3 | CH5_CFG3 Register (P0_R83) |
| 0x54 | CH5_CFG4 | Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 4 | CH5_CFG4 Register (P0_R84) |
| 0x57 | CH6_CFG2 | Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 2 | CH6_CFG2 Register (P0_R87) |
| 0x58 | CH6_CFG3 | Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 3 | CH6_CFG3 Register (P0_R88) |
| 0x59 | CH6_CFG4 | Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 4 | CH6_CFG4 Register (P0_R89) |
| 0x5C | CH7_CFG2 | Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 2 | CH7_CFG2 Register (P0_R92) |
| 0x5D | CH7_CFG3 | Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 3 | CH7_CFG3 Register (P0_R93) |
| 0x5E | CH7_CFG4 | Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 4 | CH7_CFG4 Register (P0_R94) |
| 0x61 | CH8_CFG2 | Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 2 | CH8_CFG2 Register (P0_R97) |
| 0x62 | CH8_CFG3 | Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 3 | CH8_CFG3 Register (P0_R98) |
| 0x63 | CH8_CFG4 | Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 4 | CH8_CFG4 Register (P0_R99) |
| 0x6B | DSP_CFG0 | DSP configuration register 0 | DSP_CFG0 Register (P0_R107) |
| 0x6C | DSP_CFG1 | DSP configuration register 1 | DSP_CFG1 Register (P0_R108) |
| 0x70 | AGC_CFG0 | AGC configuration register 0 | AGC_CFG0 Register (P0_R112) |
| 0x73 | IN_CH_EN | Input channel enable configuration register | IN_CH_EN Register (P0_R115) |
| 0x74 | ASI_OUT_CH_EN | ASI output channel enable configuration register | ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (P0_R116) |
| 0x75 | PWR_CFG | Power up configuration register | PWR_CFG Register (P0_R117) |
| 0x76 | DEV_STS0 | Device status value register 0 | DEV_STS0 Register (P0_R118) |
| 0x77 | DEV_STS1 | Device status value register 1 | DEV_STS1 Register (P0_R119) |
| 0x7E | I2C_CKSUM | I2 C checksum register | I2C_CKSUM Register (P0_R126) |
Submit Documentation Feedback IN_CH_EN Register (P0_R115)
ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (P0_R116)
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 51 lists the access codes used for the TLV320ADC3140 registers.
Table 51. TLV320ADC3140 Access Type Codes
Access Type Code Description R R Read R-W R/W Read or write W Write Read Type Write Type W Reset or Default Value -n Value after reset or the default value
8.6.1.1 Register Descriptions 8.6.1.1.1 PAGE_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x00) [reset = 0h] The device memory map is divided into pages. This register sets the page.
Figure 89. PAGE_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PAGE[7:0] R/W-0h Table 52. PAGE_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 PAGE[7:0] R/W 0h These bits set the device page.
0d = Page 0 1d = Page 1 ...
8.6.1.1.2 SW_RESET Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x01) [reset = 0h] This register is the software reset register. Asserting a software reset places all register values in their default power-on-reset (POR) state.
Figure 90. SW_RESET Register 7 6 5 4
Reserved
R-0h 3 2 1 0
SW_RESET
R/W-0h Table 53. SW_RESET Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-1 Reserved R 0h Reserved 0 SW_RESET R/W 0h Software reset. This bit is self clearing.
0d = Do not reset 1d = Reset Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 61 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com 8.6.1.1.3 SLEEP_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x02) [reset = 0h] This register configures the regulator, VREF quick charge, I 2 C broadcast and sleep mode.
Figure 91. SLEEP_CFG Register 7 AREG_ SELECT R/W-0h 6 5 4 3
Reserved VREF_QCHG[1:0]
R/W-0h R/W-0h 2 I2C_BRDCAST
_EN R/W-0h 1 0
Reserved SLEEP_ENZ
R-0h R/W-0h Table 54. SLEEP_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 AREG_SELECT R/W 0h The analog supply selection from either the internal regulator supply or the
external AREG supply. 0d = External 1.8-V AREG supply (use this setting when AVDD is 1.8 V and short AREG with AVDD) 1d = Internally generated 1.8-V AREG supply using an on-chip regulator (use this setting when AVDD is 3.3 V) 6-5 Reserved R/W 0h Reserved 4-3 VREF_QCHG[1:0] R/W 0h The duration of the quick-charge for the VREF external capacitor is set using
an internal series impedance of 200 Ω. 0d = VREF quick-charge duration of 3.5 ms (typical) 1d = VREF quick-charge duration of 10 ms (typical) 2d = VREF quick-charge duration of 50 ms (typical) 3d = VREF quick-charge duration of 100 ms (typical) 2 I2C_BRDCAST_EN R/W 0h I 2 C broadcast addressing setting.
0d = I 2 C broadcast mode disabled; the I 2 C slave address is determined based on the ADDR pins 1d = I 2 C broadcast mode enabled; the I 2 C slave address is fixed at 1001 100 1 Reserved R 0h Reserved 0 SLEEP_ENZ R/W 0h Sleep mode setting.
0d = Device is in sleep mode 1d = Device is not in sleep mode 8.6.1.1.4 SHDN_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x05) [reset = 5h] This register configures the device shutdown
Figure 92. SHDN_CFG Register 7 6 5 4
INCAP_QCHG[1:0]
R/W-0h Reserved
R-0h 3 2 SHDNZ_CFG[1:0]
R/W-1h 1 0 DREG_KA_TIME[1:0]
R/W-1h Table 55. SHDN_CFG Register Field Descriptions 62 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-6 Reserved R 0h Reserved 5-4 INCAP_QCHG[1:0] R/W 0h The duratiion of the quick-charge for the external AC-coupling capacitor is set
using an internal series impedance of 800 Ω. 0d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 2.5 ms (typical) 1d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 12.5 ms (typical) 2d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 25 ms (typical) 3d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 50 ms (typical) 3-2 SHDNZ_CFG[1:0] R/W 1h Shutdown configuration.
0d = DREG is powered down immediately after SHDNZ asserts 1d = DREG remains active to enable a clean shut down until a time-out is reached; after the time-out period, DREG is forced to power off 2d = DREG remains active until the device cleanly shuts down
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 55. SHDN_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 1-0 DREG_KA_TIME[1:0] R/W 1h These bits set how long DREG remains active after SHDNZ asserts.
0d = DREG remains active for 30 ms (typical) 1d = DREG remains active for 25 ms (typical) 2d = DREG remains active for 10 ms (typical) 3d = DREG remains active for 5 ms (typical)
8.6.1.1.5 ASI_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x07) [reset = 30h] This register is the ASI configuration register 0.
Figure 93. ASI_CFG0 Register 7 6 ASI_FORMAT[1:0]
R/W-0h 5 4 ASI_WLEN[1:0]
R/W-3h 3 FSYNC_POL
R/W-0h 2 BCLK_POL
R/W-0h 1 TX_EDGE R/W-0h 0 TX_FILL R/W-0h Table 56. ASI_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-6 ASI_FORMAT[1:0] R/W 0h ASI protocol format.
5-4 ASI_WLEN[1:0] R/W 3h ASI word or slot length.
3 FSYNC_POL R/W 0h ASI FSYNC polarity.
0d = Default polarity as per standard protocol 1d = Inverted polarity with respect to standard protocol 2 BCLK_POL R/W 0h ASI BCLK polarity.
0d = Default polarity as per standard protocol 1d = Inverted polarity with respect to standard protocol 1 TX_EDGE R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) transmit edge.
0d = Default edge as per the protocol configuration setting in bit 2 (BCLK_POL) 1d = Inverted following edge (half cycle delay) with respect to the default edge setting 0 TX_FILL R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) for any unused
cycles 0d = Always transmit 0 for unused cycles 1d = Always use Hi-Z for unused cycles 8.6.1.1.6 ASI_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x08) [reset = 0h] This register is the ASI configuration register 1.
Figure 94. ASI_CFG1 Register 7 TX_LSB R/W-0h 6 5 TX_KEEPER[1:0]
R/W-0h 4 3 2
TX_OFFSET[4:0]
R/W-0h 1 0 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 63 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 57. ASI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 TX_LSB R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) for LSB
transmissions. 0d = Transmit the LSB for a full cycle 1d = Transmit the LSB for the first half cycle and Hi-Z for the second half cycle 6-5 TX_KEEPER[1:0] R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) bus keeper.
0d = Bus keeper is always disabled 1d = Bus keeper is always enabled 2d = Bus keeper is enabled during LSB transmissions only for one cycle 3d = Bus keeper is enabled during LSB transmissions only for one and half cycles 4-0 TX_OFFSET[4:0] R/W 0h ASI data MSB slot 0 offset (on the primary and secondary data pin).
0d = ASI data MSB location has no offset and is as per standard protocol 1d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset of one BCLK cycle with respect to standard protocol 2d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset of two BCLK cycles with respect to standard protocol 3d to 30d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset assigned as per configuration 31d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset of 31 BCLK cycles with respect to standard protocol 8.6.1.1.7 ASI_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x09) [reset = 0h] This register is the ASI configuration register 2.
Figure 95. ASI_CFG2 Register 7 6 5
ASI_DAISY Reserved ASI_ERR
R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h 4 ASI_ERR_
RCOV R/W-0h 3 2 1 0
Reserved
R-0h Table 58. ASI_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 ASI_DAISY R/W 0h ASI daisy chain connection.
0d = All devices are connected in the common ASI bus 1d = All devices are daisy-chained for the ASI bus 6 Reserved R 0h Reserved 5 ASI_ERR R/W 0h ASI bus error detection.
0d = Enable bus error detection 1d = Disable bus error detection 4 ASI_ERR_RCOV R/W 0h ASI bus error auto resume.
0d = Enable auto resume after bus error recovery 1d = Disable auto resume after bus error recovery and remain powered down until the host configures the device 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.8 ASI_CH1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0B) [reset = 0h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 1.
Figure 96. ASI_CH1 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 64 6 CH1_OUTPUT
R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH1_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-0h Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 59. ASI_CH1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH1_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 1 output line.
0d = Channel 1 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 1 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH1_SLOT[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.9 ASI_CH2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0C) [reset = 1h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 2.
Figure 97. ASI_CH2 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 CH2_OUTPUT
R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH2_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-1h Table 60. ASI_CH2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH2_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 2 output line.
0d = Channel 2 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 2 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH2_SLOT[5:0] R/W 1h Channel 2 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.10 ASI_CH3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0D) [reset = 2h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 3.
Figure 98. ASI_CH3 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 CH3_OUTPUT
R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH3_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-2h Table 61. ASI_CH3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH3_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 3 output line.
0d = Channel 3 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 3 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 65
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 61. ASI_CH3 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH3_SLOT[5:0] R/W 2h Channel 3 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.11 ASI_CH4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0E) [reset = 3h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 4.
Figure 99. ASI_CH4 Register 7 Reserved 6 CH4_OUTPUT R-0h R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH4_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-3h Table 62. ASI_CH4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH4_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 4 output line.
0d = Channel 4 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 4 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH4_SLOT[5:0] R/W 3h Channel 4 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.12 ASI_CH5 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0F) [reset = 4h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 5.
Figure 100. ASI_CH5 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 CH5_OUTPUT
R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH5_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-4h Table 63. ASI_CH5 Register Field Descriptions 66 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH5_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 5 output line.
0d = Channel 5 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 5 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 63. ASI_CH5 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH5_SLOT[5:0] R/W 4h Channel 5 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.13 ASI_CH6 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x10) [reset = 5h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 6.
Figure 101. ASI_CH6 Register 7 Reserved 6 CH6_OUTPUT R-0h R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH6_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-5h Table 64. ASI_CH6 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH6_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 6 output line.
0d = Channel 6 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 6 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH6_SLOT[5:0] R/W 5h Channel 6 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.14 ASI_CH7 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x11) [reset = 6h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 7.
Figure 102. ASI_CH7 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 CH7_OUTPUT
R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH7_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-6h Table 65. ASI_CH7 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH7_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 7 output line.
0d = Channel 7 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 7 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 67 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 65. ASI_CH7 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH7_SLOT[5:0] R/W 6h Channel 7 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.15 ASI_CH8 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x12) [reset = 7h] This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 8.
Figure 103. ASI_CH8 Register 7 Reserved 6 CH8_OUTPUT R-0h R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH8_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-7h Table 66. ASI_CH8 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6 CH8_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 8 output line.
0d = Channel 8 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 8 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH8_SLOT[5:0] R/W 7h Channel 8 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I 2 S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I 2 S, LJ is right slot 31 8.6.1.1.16 MST_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x13) [reset = 2h] This register is the ASI master mode configuration register 0.
Figure 104. MST_CFG0 Register 7 MST_SLV_
CFG R/W-0h 6 AUTO_CLK_
CFG R/W-0h 5 4 AUTO_MODE_ BCLK_FSYNC_
PLL_DIS GATE R/W-0h R/W-0h 3 2 1
FS_MODE MCLK_FREQ_SEL[2:0]
R/W-0h R/W-2h 0 Table 67. MST_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions 68 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 MST_SLV_CFG R/W 0h ASI master or slave configuration register setting.
0d = Device is in slave mode (both BCLK and FSYNC are inputs to the device) 1d = Device is in master mode (both BCLK and FSYNC are generated from the device) 6 AUTO_CLK_CFG R/W 0h Automatic clock configuration setting.
0d = Auto clock configuration is enabled (all internal clock divider and PLL configurations are auto derived) 1d = Auto clock configuration is disabled (custom mode and device GUI must be used for the device configuration settings)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 67. MST_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 5 AUTO_MODE_PLL_DIS R/W 0h Automatic mode PLL setting.
0d = PLL is enabled in auto clock configuration 1d = PLL is disabled in auto clock configuration 4 BCLK_FSYNC_GATE R/W 0h BCLK and FSYNC clock gate (valid when the device is in master mode).
0d = Do not gate BCLK and FSYNC 1d = Force gate BCLK and FSYNC when being transmitted from the device in master mode 3 FS_MODE R/W 0h Sample rate setting (valid when the device is in master mode).
0d = f S is a multiple (or submultiple) of 48 kHz 1d = f S is a multiple (or submultiple) of 44.1 kHz 2-0 MCLK_FREQ_SEL[2:0] R/W 2h These bits select the MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) frequency for the PLL source
clock input (valid when the device is in master mode and
8.6.1.1.17 MST_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x14) [reset = 48h] This register is the ASI master mode configuration register 1.
Figure 105. MST_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3
FS_RATE[3:0]
R/W-4h 2 1 FS_BCLK_RATIO[3:0]
R/W-8h 0 Table 68. MST_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 FS_RATE[3:0] R/W 4h Programmed sample rate of the ASI bus (not used when the device is
configured in slave mode auto clock configuration). 0d = 7.35 kHz or 8 kHz 1d = 14.7 kHz or 16 kHz 2d = 22.05 kHz or 24 kHz 3d = 29.4 kHz or 32 kHz 4d = 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz 5d = 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz 6d = 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz 7d = 352.8 kHz or 384 kHz 8d = 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz
3-0 FS_BCLK_RATIO[3:0] R/W 8h Programmed BCLK to FSYNC frequency ratio of the ASI bus (not used when
the device is configured in slave mode auto clock configuration).
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 69 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com 8.6.1.1.18 ASI_STS Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x15) [reset = FFh] This register s the ASI bus clock monitor status register
Figure 106. ASI_STS Register 7 6 5
FS_RATE_STS[3:0]
R-Fh 4 3 2 1
FS_RATIO_STS[3:0]
R-Fh 0 Table 69. ASI_STS Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 FS_RATE_STS[3:0] R Fh Detected sample rate of the ASI bus.
0d = 7.35 kHz or 8 kHz 1d = 14.7 kHz or 16 kHz 2d = 22.05 kHz or 24 kHz 3d = 29.4 kHz or 32 kHz 4d = 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz 5d = 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz 6d = 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz 7d = 352.8 kHz or 384 kHz 8d = 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz
15d = Invalid sample rate 3-0 FS_RATIO_STS[3:0] R Fh Detected BCLK to FSYNC frequency ratio of the ASI bus.
15d = Invalid ratio 8.6.1.1.19 CLK_SRC Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x16) [reset = 10h] This register is the clock source configuration register.
Figure 107. CLK_SRC Register 7 DIS_PLL_SLV_
CLK_SRC R/W-0h 6 MCLK_FREQ_ SEL_MODE
R/W-0h 5 4 3 2 1
MCLK_RATIO_SEL[2:0] Reserved
R/W-2h R-0h 0 Table 70. CLK_SRC Register Field Descriptions 70 Bit Field Reset Description 7 DIS_PLL_SLV_CLK_SRC R/W Type
0h Audio root clock source setting when the device is configured with the PLL
disabled in the auto clock configuration for slave mode
0d = BCLK is used as the audio root clock source 1d = MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) is used as the audio root clock source (the MCLK to FSYNC ratio is as per MCLK_RATIO_SEL setting) 6 MCLK_FREQ_SEL_MOD
E0h Master mode MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) frequency selection mode (valid when
the device is in auto clock configuration). 0d = MCLK frequency is based on the MCLK_FREQ_SEL (P0_R19) configuration 1d = MCLK frequency is specified as a multiple of FSYNC in the MCLK_RATIO_SEL (P0_R22) configuration R/W Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 70. CLK_SRC Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-3 MCLK_RATIO_SEL[2:0] R/W 2h These bits select the MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) to FSYNC ratio for master mode
or when MCLK is used as the audio root clock source in slave mode.
2-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.20 PDMCLK_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x1F) [reset = 40h] This register is the PDM clock generation configuration register.
Figure 108. PDMCLK_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PDMCLK_DIV[1:0]
R/W-0h Reserved R/W-10h Table 71. PDMCLK_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-3 Reserved R/W 10h Reserved 1-0 PDMCLK_DIV[1:0] R/W 0h PDMCLK divider value.
0d = PDMCLK is 2.8224 MHz or 3.072 MHz 1d = PDMCLK is 1.4112 MHz or 1.536 MHz 2d = PDMCLK is 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz 3d = PDMCLK is 5.6448 MHz or 6.144 MHz 8.6.1.1.21 PDMIN_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x20) [reset = 0h] This register is the PDM DINx sampling edge configuration register.
Figure 109. PDMIN_CFG Register 7 PDMDIN1_
EDGE R/W-0h 6 PDMDIN2_
EDGE R/W-0h 5 PDMDIN3_
EDGE R/W-0h 4 PDMDIN4_
EDGE R/W-0h 3 2 1 0
Reserved
R-0h Table 72. PDMIN_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 PDMDIN1_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 1 and channel 2 data.
0d = Channel 1 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 2 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 1 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 2 data are latched on the negative edge 6 PDMDIN2_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 3 and channel 4 data.
0d = Channel 3 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 4 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 3 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 4 data are latched on the negative edge 5 PDMDIN3_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 5 and channel 6 data.
0d = Channel 5 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 6 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 5 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 6 data are latched on the negative edge Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 71 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 72. PDMIN_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 4 PDMDIN4_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 7 and channel 8 data.
0d = Channel 7 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 8 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 7 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 8 data are latched on the negative edge 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.22 GPIO_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x21) [reset = 22h] This register is the GPIO configuration register 0.
Figure 110. GPIO_CFG0 Register 7 6 5
GPIO1_CFG[3:0]
R/W-2h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 1
GPIO1_DRV[2:0]
R/W-2h 0 Table 73. GPIO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPIO1_CFG[3:0] R/W 2h GPIO1 configuration.
1d = GPIO1 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPIO1 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPIO1 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
8d = GPIO1 is configured as an input to control when MICBIAS turns on or off (MICBIAS_EN) 9d = GPIO1 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 10d = GPIO1 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK) 11d = GPIO1 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 12d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 13d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 14d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 15d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4) 3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2-0 GPIO1_DRV[2:0] R/W 2h GPIO1 output drive configuration (not used when GPIO1 is configured as
SDOUT2).
1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
8.6.1.1.23 GPO_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x22) [reset = 0h] This registeris the GPO configuration register 0.
Figure 111. GPO_CFG0 Register 7 72 6 5 GPO1_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h Submit Documentation Feedback 2 1
GPO1_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h 0 Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 74. GPO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO1_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN1M_GPO1 (GPO1) configuration.
1d = GPO1 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO1 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO1 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO1 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2-0 GPO1_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN1M_GPO1 (GPO1) output drive configuration (not used when GPO1 is
configured as SDOUT2).
1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
8.6.1.1.24 GPO_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x23) [reset = 0h] This registeris the GPO configuration register 1.
Figure 112. GPO_CFG1 Register 7 6 5
GPO2_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 1
GPO2_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h 0 Table 75. GPO_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO2_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN2M_GPO2 (GPO2) configuration.
1d = GPO2 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO2 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO2 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO2 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2-0 GPO2_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN2M_GPO2 (GPO2) output drive configuration (not used when GPO2 is
configured as SDOUT2).
1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
8.6.1.1.25 GPO_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x24) [reset = 0h] This registeris the GPO configuration register 2.
Figure 113. GPO_CFG2 Register 7 6 5
GPO3_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 1
GPO3_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h 0 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 73 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 76. GPO_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO3_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN3M_GPO3 (GPO3) configuration.
1d = GPO3 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO3 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO3 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO3 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2-0 GPO3_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN3M_GPO3 (GPO3) output drive configuration (not used when GPO3 is
configured as SDOUT2).
1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
8.6.1.1.26 GPO_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x25) [reset = 0h] This registeris the GPO configuration register 3.
Figure 114. GPO_CFG3 Register 7 6 5
GPO4_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 1
GPO4_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h 0 Table 77. GPO_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO4_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN4M_GPO4 (GPO4) configuration.
1d = GPO4 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO4 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO4 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO4 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2-0 GPO4_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN4M_GPO4 (GPO4) output drive configuration (not used when GPO4 is
configured as SDOUT2).
1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
8.6.1.1.27 GPO_VAL Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x29) [reset = 0h] This register is the GPIO and GPO output value register.
Figure 115. GPO_VAL Register 7 GPIO1_VAL
R/W-0h 74 6 GPO1_VAL
R/W-0h 5 GPO2_VAL
R/W-0h 4 GPO3_VAL
R/W-0h 3 GPO4_VAL
R/W-0h Submit Documentation Feedback 2 1
Reserved
R-0h 0 Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 78. GPO_VAL Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 GPIO1_VAL R/W 0h GPIO1 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 6 GPO1_VAL R/W 0h GPO1 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 5 GPO2_VAL R/W 0h GPO2 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 4 GPO3_VAL R/W 0h GPO3 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 3 GPO4_VAL R/W 0h GPO4 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 2-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.28 GPIO_MON Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2A) [reset = 0h] This register is the GPIO monitor value register.
Figure 116. GPIO_MON Register 7 GPIO1_MON
R-0h 6 5 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 1 0 1 GPI2_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h 0 Table 79. GPIO_MON Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 GPIO1_MON R 0h GPIO1 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 6-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.29 GPI_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2B) [reset = 0h] This register is the GPI configuration register 0.
Figure 117. GPI_CFG0 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 5
GPI1_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 75
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 80. GPI_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6-4 GPI1_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN1P_GPI1 (GPI1) configuration.
1d = GPI1 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI1 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI1 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4) 3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2-0 GPI2_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN2P_GPI2 (GPI2) configuration.
1d = GPI2 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI2 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI2 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4)
8.6.1.1.30 GPI_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2C) [reset = 0h] This register is the GPI configuration register 1.
Figure 118. GPI_CFG1 Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 5
GPI3_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h 4 3
Reserved
R-0h 2 1
GPI4_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h 0 Table 81. GPI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions 76 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6-4 GPI3_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN3P_GPI3 (GPI3) configuration.
1d = GPI3 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI3 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI3 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4) 3 Reserved R 0h Reserved Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 81. GPI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 2-0 GPI4_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN4P_GPI4 (GPI4) configuration.
1d = GPI4 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI4 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI4 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4)
8.6.1.1.31 GPI_MON Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2F) [reset = 0h] This regiser is the GPI monitor value register.
Figure 119. GPI_MON Register 7 GPI1_MON
R-0h 6 GPI2_MON
R-0h 5 GPI3_MON
R-0h 4 GPI4_MON
R-0h 3 2 1 0 1 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 82. GPI_MON Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 GPI1_MON R 0h GPI1 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 6 GPI2_MON R 0h GPI2 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 5 GPI3_MON R 0h GPI3 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 4 GPI4_MON R 0h GPI4 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.32 INT_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x32) [reset = 0h] This regiser is the interrupt configuration register.
Figure 120. INT_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3
INT_POL INT_EVENT[1:0] Reserved
R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h 2 LTCH_READ_
CFG R/W-0h Reserved
R-0h Table 83. INT_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 INT_POL R/W 0h Interrupt polarity.
0b = Active low (IRQZ) 1b = Active high (IRQ)
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 77 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 83. INT_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-5 INT_EVENT[1:0] R/W 0h Interrupt event configuration.
0d = INT asserts on any unmasked latched interrupts event
2d = INT asserts for 2 ms (typical) for every 4-ms (typical) duration on any unmasked latched interrupts event 3d = INT asserts for 2 ms (typical) one time on each pulse for any unmasked interrupts event 4-3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2 LTCH_READ_CFG R/W 0h Interrupt latch registers readback configuration.
0b = All interrupts can be read through the LTCH registers 1b = Only unmasked interrupts can be read through the LTCH registers 1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.33 INT_MASK0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x33) [reset = FFh] This register is the interrupt masks register 0.
Figure 121. INT_MASK0 Register 7 INT_MASK0[7]
R/W-1h 6 INT_MASK0[6]
R/W-1h 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 0 Reserved R/W-3Fh Table 84. INT_MASK0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 INT_MASK0[7] R/W 1h ASI clock error mask.
0b = Do not mask 1b = Mask 6 INT_MASK0[6] R/W 1h PLL Lock interrupt mask.
0b = Do not mask 1b = Mask 5-0 Reserved R/W 3Fh Reserved 8.6.1.1.34 INT_LTCH0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x36) [reset = 0h] This register is the latched Interrupt readback register 0.
Figure 122. INT_LTCH0 Register 7 INT_LTCH0[7]
R-0h 6 INT_LTCH0[6]
R-0h 5 4 3 2
Reserved
R-0h Table 85. INT_LTCH0 Register Field Descriptions 78 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 INT_LTCH0[7] R 0h Interrupt caused by an ASI bus clock error (self-clearing bit).
6 INT_LTCH0[6] R 0h Interrupt caused by PLL LOCK (self-clearing bit).
5-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 8.6.1.1.35 BIAS_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3B) [reset = 0h] This register is the bias and ADC configuration register
Figure 123. BIAS_CFG Register 7 Reserved
R-0h 6 5
MBIAS_VAL[2:0]
R/W-0h 4 3 2 1 0
ADC_FSCALE[1:0]
R/W-0h Reserved
R-0h Table 86. BIAS_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 Reserved R 0h Reserved 6-4 MBIAS_VAL[2:0] R/W 0h MICBIAS value.
0d = Microphone bias is set to VREF (2.750 V, 2.500 V, or 1.375 V) 1d = Microphone bias is set to VREF × 1.096 (3.014 V, 2.740 V, or 1.507 V)
6d = Microphone bias is set to AVDD 3-2 Reserved R 0h Reserved 1-0 ADC_FSCALE[1:0] R/W 0h ADC full-scale setting (configure this setting based on the AVDD supply
minimum voltage used). 0d = VREF is set to 2.75 V to support 2 V RMS for the differential input or 1 V RMS for the single-ended input 1d = VREF is set to 2.5 V to support 1.818 V RMS for the differential input or 0.909 V RMS for the single-ended input 2d = VREF is set to 1.375 V to support 1 V RMS for the differential input or 0.5 V RMS for the single-ended input
8.6.1.1.36 CH1_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3C) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 0 for channel 1.
Figure 124. CH1_CFG0 Register 7 CH1_INTYP
R/W-0h 6 5 CH1_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h 4 CH1_DC R/W-0h 3 2 1
Reserved
R-0h CH1_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h 0 CH1_AGCEN
R/W-0h Table 87. CH1_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH1_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 1 input type.
0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input 6-5 CH1_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK)
4 CH1_DC R/W 0h Channel 1 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
3-2 CH1_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
1 Reserved R 0h Reserved Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 79 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 87. CH1_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 CH1_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 1 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.37 CH1_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3D) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 1 for channel 1.
Figure 125. CH1_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CH1_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 88. CH1_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH1_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.38 CH1_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3E) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for channel 1.
Figure 126. CH1_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH1_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 89. CH1_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH1_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 1 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB 8.6.1.1.39 CH1_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3F) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for channel 1.
Figure 127. CH1_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3
CH1_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 80 2 1 0
Reserved
R-0h Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 90. CH1_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH1_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 1 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.40 CH1_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x40) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for channel 1.
Figure 128. CH1_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH1_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 91. CH1_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH1_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.41 CH2_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x41) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 0 for channel 2.
Figure 129. CH2_CFG0 Register 7 CH2_INTYP
R/W-0h 6 5 CH2_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h 4 CH2_DC R/W-0h 3 2 1
Reserved
R-0h CH2_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h 0 CH2_AGCEN
R/W-0h Table 92. CH2_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH2_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 2 input type.
0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input 6-5 CH2_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI2 and GPO2 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI2 and GPO2 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK)
4 CH2_DC R/W 0h Channel 2 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 81 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 92. CH2_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-2 CH2_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
1 Reserved R 0h Reserved 0 CH2_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 2 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.42 CH2_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x42) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 1 for channel 2.
Figure 130. CH2_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CH2_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 93. CH2_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH2_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.43 CH2_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x43) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for channel 2.
Figure 131. CH2_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH2_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 94. CH2_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions 82 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH2_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 2 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 8.6.1.1.44 CH2_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x44) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for channel 2.
Figure 132. CH2_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2
CH2_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 1 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 95. CH2_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH2_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 2 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.45 CH2_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x45) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for channel 2.
Figure 133. CH2_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH2_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 96. CH2_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH2_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.46 CH3_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x46) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 0 for channel 3.
Figure 134. CH3_CFG0 Register 7 CH3_INTYP
R/W-0h 6 5 CH3_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h 4 CH3_DC R/W-0h 3 2 1
Reserved
R-0h CH3_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h 0 CH3_AGCEN
R/W-0h Table 97. CH3_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH3_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 3 input type.
0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 83 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 97. CH3_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-5 CH3_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI3 and GPO3 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI3 and GPO3 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN2 and PDMCLK)
4 CH3_DC R/W 0h Channel 3 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
3-2 CH3_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
1 Reserved R 0h Reserved 0 CH3_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 3 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.47 CH3_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x47) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 1 for channel 3.
Figure 135. CH3_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CH3_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 98. CH3_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH3_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.48 CH3_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x48) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for channel 3.
Figure 136. CH3_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH3_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h 84 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 99. CH3_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH3_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 3 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB 8.6.1.1.49 CH3_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x49) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for channel 3.
Figure 137. CH3_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2
CH3_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 1 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 100. CH3_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH3_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 3 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.50 CH3_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4A) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for channel 3.
Figure 138. CH3_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH3_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 101. CH3_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH3_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 85
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com 8.6.1.1.51 CH4_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4B) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 0 for channel 4.
Figure 139. CH4_CFG0 Register 7 CH4_INTYP
R/W-0h 6 5 CH4_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h 4 CH4_DC R/W-0h 3 2
CH4_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h 1 Reserved
R-0h 0 CH4_AGCEN
R/W-0h Table 102. CH4_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH4_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 4 input type.
0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input 6-5 CH4_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI4 and GPO4 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI4 and GPO4 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN2 and PDMCLK)
4 CH4_DC R/W 0h Channel 4 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
3-2 CH4_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
1 Reserved R 0h Reserved 0 CH4_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 4 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.52 CH4_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4C) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 1 for channel 4.
Figure 140. CH4_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CH4_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 103. CH4_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions 86 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH4_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 8.6.1.1.53 CH4_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4D) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for channel 4.
Figure 141. CH4_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH4_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 104. CH4_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH4_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 4 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB 8.6.1.1.54 CH4_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4E) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for channel 4.
Figure 142. CH4_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2
CH4_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 1 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 105. CH4_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH4_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 4 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.55 CH4_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4F) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for channel 4.
Figure 143. CH4_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH4_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 87 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 106. CH4_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH4_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.56 CH5_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x52) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 144. CH5_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH5_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 107. CH5_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH5_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 5 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB 8.6.1.1.57 CH5_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x53) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 145. CH5_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3
CH5_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 2 1 0
Reserved
R-0h Table 108. CH5_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions 88 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH5_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 5 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 8.6.1.1.58 CH5_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x54) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 146. CH5_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH5_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 109. CH5_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH5_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 5 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.59 CH6_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x57) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 147. CH6_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH6_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 110. CH6_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH6_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 6 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB 8.6.1.1.60 CH6_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x58) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 148. CH6_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3
CH6_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 2 1 0
Reserved
R-0h Table 111. CH6_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH6_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 6 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 89 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 111. CH6_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.61 CH6_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x59) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 149. CH6_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH6_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 112. CH6_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH6_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 6 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.62 CH7_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5C) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 150. CH7_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH7_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 113. CH7_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH7_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 7 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB 8.6.1.1.63 CH7_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5D) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 151. CH7_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3
CH7_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 90 2 1 0
Reserved
R-0h Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 114. CH7_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH7_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 7 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.64 CH7_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5E) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 152. CH7_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH7_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 115. CH7_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH7_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 7 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.65 CH8_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x61) [reset = C9h] This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 153. CH8_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH8_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h Table 116. CH8_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH8_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 8 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 91 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com 8.6.1.1.66 CH8_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x62) [reset = 80h] This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 154. CH8_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2
CH8_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h 1 0 Reserved
R-0h Table 117. CH8_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH8_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 8 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.67 CH8_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x63) [reset = 0h] This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 155. CH8_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CH8_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h Table 118. CH8_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH8_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 8 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock 8.6.1.1.68 DSP_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x6B) [reset = 1h] This register is the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration register 0.
Figure 156. DSP_CFG0 Register 7 6 5
Reserved
R-0h 4 DECI_FILT[1:0]
R/W-0h 3 2
CH_SUM[1:0]
R/W-0h 1 0
HPF_SEL[1:0]
R/W-1h Table 119. DSP_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions 92 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-6 Reserved R 0h Reserved 5-4 DECI_FILT[1:0] R/W 0h Decimation filter response.
0d = Linear phase 1d = Low latency
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 Table 119. DSP_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-2 CH_SUM[1:0] R/W 0h Channel summation mode for higher SNR
0d = Channel summation mode is disabled 1d = 2-channel summation mode is enabled to generate a (CH1 + CH2) / 2 and a (CH3 + CH4) / 2 output 2d = 4-channel summation mode is enabled to generate a (CH1 + CH2 + CH3 + CH4) / 4 output
1-0 HPF_SEL[1:0] R/W 1h High-pass filter (HPF) selection.
0d = Programmable first-order IIR filter for a custom HPF with default coefficient values in P4_R72 to P4_R83 set as the all-pass filter 1d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.00025 × f S (12 Hz at f S = 48 kHz) is selected 2d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.002 × f S (96 Hz at f S = 48 kHz) is selected 3d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.008 × f S (384 Hz at f S = 48 kHz) is selected 8.6.1.1.69 DSP_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x6C) [reset = 40h] This register is the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration register 1.
Figure 157. DSP_CFG1 Register 7 6 5
DVOL_GANG BIQUAD_CFG[1:0]
R/W-0h R/W-2h 4 DISABLE_ SOFT_STEP
R/W-0h 3 2 1
AGC_SEL Reserved
R/W-0h R/W-0h 0 Table 120. DSP_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 DVOL_GANG R/W 0h DVOL control ganged across channels.
0d = Each channel has its own DVOL CTRL settings as programmed in the CHx_DVOL bits 1d = All active channels must use the channel 1 DVOL setting (CH1_DVOL) irrespective of whether channel 1 is turned on or not 6-5 BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] R/W 2h Number of biquads per channel configuration.
0d = No biquads per channel; biquads are all disabled 1d = 1 biquad per channel 2d = 2 biquads per channel 3d = 3 biquads per channel 4 DISABLE_SOFT_STEP R/W 0h Soft-stepping disable during DVOL change, mute, and unmute.
3 AGC_SEL R/W 0h AGC selection when is enabled for any channel.
0d = AGC is not selected 1d = AGC is selected 2-0 Reserved R/W 0h Reserved 8.6.1.1.70 AGC_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x70) [reset = E7h] This register is the automatic gain controller (AGC) configuration register 0.
Figure 158. AGC_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3
AGC_LVL[3:0]
R/W-Eh 2 1 AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0]
R/W-7h 0 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 93 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com Table 121. AGC_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 AGC_LVL[3:0] R/W Eh AGC output signal target level.
0d = Output signal target level is –6 dB 1d = Output signal target level is –8 dB 2d = Output signal target level is –10 dB 3d to 13d = Output signal target level is as per configuration 14d = Output signal target level is –34 dB 15d = Output signal target level is –36 dB 3-0 AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0] R/W 7h AGC maximum gain allowed.
0d = Maximum gain allowed is 3 dB 1d = Maximum gain allowed is 6 dB 2d = Maximum gain allowed is 9 dB 3d to 11d = Maximum gain allowed is as per configuration 12d = Maximum gain allowed is 39 dB 13d = Maximum gain allowed is 42 dB
8.6.1.1.71 IN_CH_EN Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x73) [reset = F0h] This register is the input channel enable configuration register.
Figure 159. IN_CH_EN Register 7 IN_CH1_EN
R/W-1h 6 IN_CH2_EN
R/W-1h 5 IN_CH3_EN
R/W-1h 4 IN_CH4_EN
R/W-1h 3 IN_CH5_EN
R/W-0h 2 IN_CH6_EN
R/W-0h 1 IN_CH7_EN
R/W-0h 0 IN_CH8_EN
R/W-0h Table 122. IN_CH_EN Register Field Descriptions 94 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 IN_CH1_EN R/W 1h Input channel 1 enable setting.
0d = Channel 1 is disabled 1d = Channel 1 is enabled 6 IN_CH2_EN R/W 1h Input channel 2 enable setting.
0d = Channel 2 is disabled 1d = Channel 2 is enabled 5 IN_CH3_EN R/W 1h Input channel 3 enable setting.
0d = Channel 3 is disabled 1d = Channel 3 is enabled 4 IN_CH4_EN R/W 1h Input channel 4 enable setting.
0d = Channel 4 is disabled 1d = Channel 4 is enabled 3 IN_CH5_EN R/W 0h Input channel 5 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 5 is disabled 1d = Channel 5 is enabled 2 IN_CH6_EN R/W 0h Input channel 6 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 6 is disabled 1d = Channel 6 is enabled 1 IN_CH7_EN R/W 0h Input channel 7 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 7 is disabled 1d = Channel 7 is enabled 0 IN_CH8_EN R/W 0h Input channel 8 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 8 is disabled 1d = Channel 8 is enabled Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 8.6.1.1.72 ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x74) [reset = 0h] This register is the ASI output channel enable configuration register.
Figure 160. ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register 7 ASI_OUT_CH1
_EN R/W-0h 6 ASI_OUT_CH2
_EN R/W-0h 5 ASI_OUT_CH3
_EN R/W-0h 4 ASI_OUT_CH4
_EN R/W-0h 3 ASI_OUT_CH5
_EN R/W-0h 2 ASI_OUT_CH6
_EN R/W-0h 1 ASI_OUT_CH7
_EN R/W-0h 0 ASI_OUT_CH8
_EN R/W-0h Table 123. ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 ASI_OUT_CH1_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 1 enable setting.
0d = Channel 1 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 1 output slot is enabled 6 ASI_OUT_CH2_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 2 enable setting.
0d = Channel 2 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 2 output slot is enabled 5 ASI_OUT_CH3_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 3 enable setting.
0d = Channel 3 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 3 output slot is enabled 4 ASI_OUT_CH4_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 4 enable setting.
0d = Channel 4 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 4 output slot is enabled 3 ASI_OUT_CH5_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 5 enable setting.
0d = Channel 5 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 5 output slot is enabled 2 ASI_OUT_CH6_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 6 enable setting.
0d = Channel 6 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 6 output slot is enabled 1 ASI_OUT_CH7_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 7 enable setting.
0d = Channel 7 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 7 output slot is enabled 0 ASI_OUT_CH8_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 8 enable setting.
0d = Channel 8 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 8 output slot is enabled 8.6.1.1.73 PWR_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x75) [reset = 0h] This register is the power-up configuration register.
Figure 161. PWR_CFG Register 7 6 5
MICBIAS_PDZ ADC_PDZ PLL_PDZ
R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h 4 DYN_CH_ PUPD_EN R/W-0h 3 2 1 0
DYN_MAXCH_SEL[1:0] Reserved
R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 124. PWR_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 MICBIAS_PDZ R/W 0h Power control for MICBIAS.
0d = Power down MICBIAS 1d = Power up MICBIAS 6 ADC_PDZ R/W 0h Power control for ADC and PDM channels.
0d = Power down all ADC and PDM channels 1d = Power up all enabled ADC and PDM channels 5 PLL_PDZ R/W 0h Power control for the PLL.
0d = Power down the PLL 1d = Power up the PLL Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 95
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Bit Field Type Reset Description 4 DYN_CH_PUPD_EN R/W 0h Dynamic channel power-up, power-down enable.
0d = Channel power-up, power-down is not supported if any channel recording is on 1d = Channel can be powered up or down individually, even if channel recording is on 3-2 DYN_MAXCH_SEL[1:0] R/W 0h Dynamic mode maximum channel select configuration.
0d = Channel 1 and channel 2 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power-down feature enabled 1d = Channel 1 to channel 4 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power-down feature enabled 2d = Channel 1 to channel 6 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power-down feature enabled 3d = Channel 1 to channel 8 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power-down feature enabled 1-0 Reserved R/W 0h Reserved
7 CH1_STATUS
R-0h 6 CH2_STATUS
R-0h 5 CH3_STATUS
R-0h 4 CH4_STATUS
R-0h 3 CH5_STATUS
R-0h 2 CH6_STATUS
R-0h 1 CH7_STATUS
R-0h 0 CH8_STATUS
R-0h
96 Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH1_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 1 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 6 CH2_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 2 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 5 CH3_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 3 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 4 CH4_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 4 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 3 CH5_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 5 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up 2 CH6_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 6 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up 1 CH7_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 7 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up 0 CH8_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 8 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
7 6
MODE_STS[2:0]
R-4h 5 4 3 2
Reserved
R-0h 1 0
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-5 MODE_STS[2:0] R 4h Device mode status.
4d = Device is in sleep mode or software shutdown mode 6d = Device is in active mode with all ADC or PDM channels turned off 7d = Device is in active mode with at least one ADC or PDM channel turned on 4-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved
7 6 5 4 3
I2C_CKSUM[7:0]
R/W-0h 2 1 0
Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 I2C_CKSUM[7:0] R/W 0h These bits return the I 2 C transactions checksum value. Writing to this register
resets the checksum to the written value. This register is updated on writes to other registers on all pages.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 97
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
ADDRESS 98 REGISTER
| ADDR | REGISTER | RESET | DESCRIPTION |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x00 | PAGE[7:0] | 0x00 | Device page register |
| 0x08 | BQ7_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x09 | BQ7_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x0A | BQ7_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x0B | BQ7_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x0C | BQ7_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x0D | BQ7_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x0E | BQ7_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x0F | BQ7_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x10 | BQ7_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x11 | BQ7_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x12 | BQ7_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x13 | BQ7_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x14 | BQ7_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x15 | BQ7_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x16 | BQ7_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x17 | BQ7_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x18 | BQ7_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x19 | BQ7_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x1A | BQ7_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x1B | BQ7_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x1C | BQ8_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x1D | BQ8_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x1E | BQ8_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x1F | BQ8_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x20 | BQ8_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x21 | BQ8_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x22 | BQ8_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x23 | BQ8_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x24 | BQ8_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x25 | BQ8_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x26 | BQ8_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x27 | BQ8_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x28 | BQ8_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x29 | BQ8_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x2A | BQ8_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x2B | BQ8_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x2C | BQ8_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x2D | BQ8_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x2E | BQ8_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x2F | BQ8_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x30 | BQ9_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x31 | BQ9_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x32 | BQ9_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
0x31 BQ3_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
| ADDRESS | REGISTER | RESET | DESCRIPTION |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x00 | PAGE[7:0] | 0x00 | Device page register |
| 0x08 | BQ1_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x09 | BQ1_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x0A | BQ1_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x0B | BQ1_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x0C | BQ1_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x0D | BQ1_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x0E | BQ1_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x0F | BQ1_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x10 | BQ1_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x11 | BQ1_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x12 | BQ1_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x13 | BQ1_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x14 | BQ1_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x15 | BQ1_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x16 | BQ1_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x17 | BQ1_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x18 | BQ1_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x19 | BQ1_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x1A | BQ1_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x1B | BQ1_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x1C | BQ2_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x1D | BQ2_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x1E | BQ2_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x1F | BQ2_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x20 | BQ2_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x21 | BQ2_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x22 | BQ2_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x23 | BQ2_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x24 | BQ2_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x25 | BQ2_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x26 | BQ2_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x27 | BQ2_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x28 | BQ2_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x29 | BQ2_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x2A | BQ2_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x2B | BQ2_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x2C | BQ2_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x2D | BQ2_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x2E | BQ2_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x2F | BQ2_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x30 | BQ3_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x31 | BQ3_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
0x65 BQ5_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 99
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
| 0x33 | BQ9_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x34 | BQ9_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x35 | BQ9_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x36 | BQ9_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x37 | BQ9_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x38 | BQ9_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x39 | BQ9_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x3A | BQ9_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x3B | BQ9_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x3C | BQ9_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x3D | BQ9_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x3E | BQ9_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x3F | BQ9_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x40 | BQ9_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x41 | BQ9_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x42 | BQ9_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x43 | BQ9_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x44 | BQ10_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x45 | BQ10_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x46 | BQ10_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x47 | BQ10_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x48 | BQ10_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x49 | BQ10_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x4A | BQ10_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x4B | BQ10_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x4C | BQ10_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x4D | BQ10_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x4E | BQ10_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x4F | BQ10_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x50 | BQ10_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x51 | BQ10_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x52 | BQ10_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x53 | BQ10_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x54 | BQ10_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x55 | BQ10_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x56 | BQ10_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x57 | BQ10_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x58 | BQ11_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x59 | BQ11_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x5A | BQ11_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x5B | BQ11_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x5C | BQ11_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x5D | BQ11_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x5E | BQ11_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x5F | BQ11_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x60 | BQ11_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x61 | BQ11_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x62 | BQ11_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x63 | BQ11_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x64 | BQ11_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x65 | BQ11_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x66 | BQ11_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
0x7F BQ6_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
ADDR REGISTER
0x00 PAGE[7:0]
0x08
0x09 RESET DESCRIPTION
0x00 Device page register
| 0x66 | BQ5_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x67 | BQ5_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x68 | BQ5_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x69 | BQ5_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x6A | BQ5_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x6B | BQ5_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x6C | BQ6_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x6D | BQ6_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x6E | BQ6_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x6F | BQ6_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x70 | BQ6_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x71 | BQ6_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x72 | BQ6_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x73 | BQ6_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x74 | BQ6_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x75 | BQ6_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x76 | BQ6_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x77 | BQ6_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x78 | BQ6_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x79 | BQ6_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x7A | BQ6_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x7B | BQ6_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x7C | BQ6_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x7D | BQ6_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x7E | BQ6_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x7F | BQ6_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
0x32 BQ9_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 101
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
| 0x32 | BQ3_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x33 | BQ3_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x34 | BQ3_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x35 | BQ3_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x36 | BQ3_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x37 | BQ3_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x38 | BQ3_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x39 | BQ3_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x3A | BQ3_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x3B | BQ3_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x3C | BQ3_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x3D | BQ3_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x3E | BQ3_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x3F | BQ3_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x40 | BQ3_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x41 | BQ3_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x42 | BQ3_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x43 | BQ3_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x44 | BQ4_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x45 | BQ4_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x46 | BQ4_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x47 | BQ4_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x48 | BQ4_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x49 | BQ4_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x4A | BQ4_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x4B | BQ4_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x4C | BQ4_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x4D | BQ4_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x4E | BQ4_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x4F | BQ4_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x50 | BQ4_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x51 | BQ4_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x52 | BQ4_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x53 | BQ4_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x54 | BQ4_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x55 | BQ4_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x56 | BQ4_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x57 | BQ4_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x58 | BQ5_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x59 | BQ5_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x5A | BQ5_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x5B | BQ5_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x5C | BQ5_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x5D | BQ5_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x5E | BQ5_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x5F | BQ5_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x60 | BQ5_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x61 | BQ5_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x62 | BQ5_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x63 | BQ5_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x64 | BQ5_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x65 | BQ5_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
0x66 BQ11_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
| 0x67 | BQ11_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x68 | BQ11_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x69 | BQ11_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x6A | BQ11_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x6B | BQ11_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x6C | BQ12_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x6D | BQ12_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x6E | BQ12_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x6F | BQ12_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x70 | BQ12_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x71 | BQ12_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x72 | BQ12_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x73 | BQ12_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x74 | BQ12_N2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x75 | BQ12_N2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x76 | BQ12_N2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x77 | BQ12_N2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x78 | BQ12_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x79 | BQ12_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x7A | BQ12_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x7B | BQ12_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x7C | BQ12_D2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x7D | BQ12_D2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x7E | BQ12_D2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x7F | BQ12_D2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
0x7F BQ12_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 103
SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
ADDR 104 REGISTER
| ADDR | REGISTER | RESET | DESCRIPTION |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x00 | PAGE[7:0] | 0x00 | Device page register |
| 0x08 | MIX1_CH1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x09 | MIX1_CH1_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x0A | MIX1_CH1_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x0B | MIX1_CH1_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x0C | MIX1_CH2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x0D | MIX1_CH2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x0E | MIX1_CH2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x0F | MIX1_CH2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x10 | MIX1_CH3_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x11 | MIX1_CH3_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x12 | MIX1_CH3_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x13 | MIX1_CH3_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x14 | MIX1_CH4_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x15 | MIX1_CH4_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x16 | MIX1_CH4_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x17 | MIX1_CH4_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x18 | MIX2_CH1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x19 | MIX2_CH1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x1A | MIX2_CH1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x1B | MIX2_CH1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x1C | MIX2_CH2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x1D | MIX2_CH2_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x1E | MIX2_CH2_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x1F | MIX2_CH2_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x20 | MIX2_CH3_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x21 | MIX2_CH3_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x22 | MIX2_CH3_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x23 | MIX2_CH3_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x24 | MIX2_CH4_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x25 | MIX2_CH4_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x26 | MIX2_CH4_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x27 | MIX2_CH4_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x28 | MIX3_CH1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x29 | MIX3_CH1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x2A | MIX3_CH1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x2B | MIX3_CH1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x2C | MIX3_CH2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x2D | MIX3_CH2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x2E | MIX3_CH2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x2F | MIX3_CH2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x30 | MIX3_CH3_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x31 | MIX3_CH3_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x32 | MIX3_CH3_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x33 | MIX3_CH3_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x34 | MIX3_CH4_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x35 | MIX3_CH4_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] |
0x35 MIX3_CH4_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
| 0x36 | MIX3_CH4_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x37 | MIX3_CH4_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x38 | MIX4_CH1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x39 | MIX4_CH1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x3A | MIX4_CH1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x3B | MIX4_CH1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x3C | MIX4_CH2_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x3D | MIX4_CH2_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x3E | MIX4_CH2_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x3F | MIX4_CH2_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x40 | MIX4_CH3_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x41 | MIX4_CH3_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x42 | MIX4_CH3_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x43 | MIX4_CH3_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x44 | MIX4_CH4_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x45 | MIX4_CH4_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x46 | MIX4_CH4_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x47 | MIX4_CH4_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x48 | IIR_N0_BYT1[7:0] | 0x7F | Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x49 | IIR_N0_BYT2[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x4A | IIR_N0_BYT3[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x4B | IIR_N0_BYT4[7:0] | 0xFF | Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x4C | IIR_N1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x4D | IIR_N1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x4E | IIR_N1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x4F | IIR_N1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
| 0x50 | IIR_D1_BYT1[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] |
| 0x51 | IIR_D1_BYT2[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] |
| 0x52 | IIR_D1_BYT3[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] |
| 0x53 | IIR_D1_BYT4[7:0] | 0x00 | Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] |
0x53 IIR_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 105
TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
NOTE Information in the following applications sections is not part of the TI component specification, and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are responsible for determining suitability of components for their purposes. Customers should validate and test their design implementation to confirm system functionality.
The TLV320ADC3140 is a multichannel, high-performance audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that supports output sample rates of up to 768 kHz. The device supports either up to four analog microphones or up to eight digital pulse density modulation (PDM) microphones for simultaneous recording applications. Communication to the TLV320ADC3140 for configuration of the control registers is supported using an I 2 C or SPI interface. The device supports a highly flexible, audio serial interface (TDM, I 2 S, and LJ) to transmit audio data seamlessly in the system across devices.
9.2.1 Four-Channel Analog Microphone Recording Figure 165 shows a typical configuration of the TLV320ADC3140 for an application using four analog microelectrical-mechanical system (MEMS) microphones for simultaneous recording operation with an I 2 C control interface and a time-division multiplexing (TDM) audio data slave interface. For best distortion performance, use input AC-coupling capacitors with a low-voltage coefficient.
10 F 1 F
3.3 V (3.0 V to 3.6
V) 1 F
GND GND
10 F AVDD VSS 0.1 F GND
AREG OUTM 0.1 F GND
| 0.1 F | OUTPAMIC1OUTMVSS | 1 F | INP1_GPI1 (INP1) INM1_GPO1 (INM1) | 0.1 F GND 10 F 3.3 V | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| GND | VDD | 1 F | (3.0 V to 3.6 V)OR | |||
| OUTP | INP2_GPI2 (INP2) | IOVDD | 1.8 V | |||
| 0.1 F | AMIC2OUTMVSS | 1 F | INM2_GPO2 (INM2) | TLV320ADCx140 | Thermal Pad | 0.1 F (1.65 V to 1.95 V)GND |
GND 0.1 F INM2_GPO2 (INM2) OUTM VSS OUTP GND INP3_GPI3 (INP3)
ADDR1_MISO
(ADDR1)
AMIC3
INM3_GPO3 (INM3) OUTM VSS 1 F OUTP GPIO1 GND SDOUT 1 F BCLK VSS FSYNC INM4_GPO4 (INM4) OUTM SHDNZ INP4_GPI4 (INP4) AMIC4 SCL_MOSI
(SCL)
1 F VDD 0.1 F GND ADDR0_SCLK
(ADDR0)
SDA_SSZ (SDA)
GND GND Thermal Pad
(VSS)
TLV320ADCx140 1 F VDD 0.1 F 3.3 V (3.0 V to 3.6 V)
OR 1.8 V (1.65 V to 1.95 V)
1 F VDD 0.1 F GND GND R R Host Processor Figure 165. Four-Channel Analog Microphone Recording Diagram 106 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
9.2.1.1 Design Requirements Table 131 lists the design parameters for this application.
Table 131. Design Parameters
| KEY PARAMETER | SPECIFICATION |
|---|---|
| AVDD | 3.3 V |
| AVDD supply current consumption | > 23 mA (PLL on, four-channel recording, fS = 48 kHz) |
| IOVDD | 1.8 V or 3.3 V |
| Maximum MICBIAS current | 10 mA (MICBIAS voltage is the same as AVDD) |
9.2.1.2 Detailed Design Procedure This section describes the necessary steps to configure the TLV320ADC3140 for this specific application. The following steps provide a sequence of items that must be executed in the time between powering the device up and reading data from the device or transitioning from one mode to another mode of operation.
a. Power-up the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies, keeping the SHDNZ pin voltage low b. The device now goes into hardware shutdown mode (ultra-low-power mode < 1 µA)
a. Release SHDNZ only when the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies settle to the steady-state operating
voltage b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers c. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) 3. Transition from sleep mode to active mode whenever required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Override default configuration registers or programmable coefficients value as required (this step is
optional) d. Enable all desired input channels by writing to P0_R115 e. Enable all desired audio serial interface output channels by writing to P0_R116 f. Power-up the ADC, MICBIAS, and PLL by writing to P0_R117 g. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio
This specific step can be done at any point in the sequence after step a. See the Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation section for supported sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio. h. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor via the TDM audio serial data bus 4. Transition from active mode to sleep mode (again) as required in the system for low-power operation:
a. Enter sleep mode by writing to P0_R2 to enable sleep mode b. Wait at least 6 ms (when FSYNC = 48 kHz) for the volume to ramp down and for all blocks to power
down c. Read P0_R119 to check the device shutdown and sleep mode status d. If the device P0_R119_D7 status bit is 1'b1 then stop FSYNC and BCLK in the system e. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) and retains all register values 5. Transition from sleep mode to active mode (again) as required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio d. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor via the TDM audio serial data bus Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 107 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
9.2.1.2.1 Example Device Register Configuration Script for EVM Setup This section provides a typical EVM I 2 C register control script that shows how to set up the TLV320ADC3140 in a four-channel analog microphone recording mode with differential inputs.
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
9.2.1.3 Application Curves Measurements are done on the EVM by feeding the device analog input signal using audio precision.
0 -20
-70 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -80 -60 THD+N (dBFS)
Output Amplitude (dBFS)
-40 -60 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 -80 -100 -120 -140 -90 -100 -110 -160
-120 -180 -200
20 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000
Frequency (Hz)
-130
-130 -115 Figure 166. FFT With a –60-dBr Input -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10 Input Amplitude (dB) D211 0 THD+ D201 Figure 167. THD+N vs Input Amplitude Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 109 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
9.2.2 Eight-Channel Digital PDM Microphone Recording Figure 165 shows a typical configuration of the TLV320ADC3140 for an application using eight digital PDM MEMS microphones with simultaneous recording operation using an I 2 C control interface and the TDM audio data slave interface.
10 F 1 F
VDD (3.0 V to 3.6 V) 0.1 F 1 F GND 0.1 F CLK INM1_GPO1 (PDMCLK) 10 F
Rterm
IOVDD Rterm INP2_GPI2 (PDMDIN2) DOUT VDD
0.1 F
GND VDD CLK SEL DMIC5 INM2_GPO2 (PDMCLK)
TLV320ADCx140 Thermal Pad (VSS) Rterm
GND
ADDR1_MISO (ADDR1) Rterm VSS DOUT INP3_GPI13 (PDMDIN3)
VDD CLK INM3_GPO3 (PDMCLK) Rterm SEL DMIC6 Rterm VDD CLK SEL DMIC8
DOUT INP4_GPI4 (PDMDIN4)
INM4_GPO4 (PDMCLK)
Rterm GPIO1 SEL DMIC7 VSS DOUT GND SDOUT CLK BCLK VDD Rterm FSYNC DOUT SHDNZ VSS GND ADDR0_SCLK
(ADDR0)
SDA_SSZ (SDA)
DOUT Rterm 3.3 V (3.0 V to 3.6 V)
OR 1.8 V 0.1 F
GND (1.65 V to 1.95 V)
SCL_MOSI (SCL)
VDD SEL DMIC3 VSS AVDD DOUT VSS VDD
0.1 F
GND AREG Rterm VSS VDD CLK SEL DMIC4 VDD
0.1 F
GND DREG INP1_GPI1 (PDMDIN1)
CLK SEL DMIC2 VSS 10 F GND VDD VDD
0.1 F
GND VDD
0.1 F
GND Rterm VREF VDD
0.1 F
GND CLK SEL DMIC1 VSS DOUT AVSS VDD
0.1 F
GND VDD MICBIAS VDD
0.1 F
GND 0.1 F GND GND Rterm R R Host Processor Figure 168. Eight-Channel Digital PDM Microphone Recording Diagram 9.2.2.1 Design Requirements Table 132 lists the design parameters for this application.
Table 132. Design Parameters
KEY PARAMETER SPECIFICATION AVDD 3.3 V AVDD supply current consumption > 8 mA (PLL on, eight-channel recording, f S = 48 kHz) IOVDD 1.8 V or 3.3 V 110 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
9.2.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure This section describes the necessary steps to configure the TLV320ADC3140 for this specific application. The following steps provide a sequence of items that must be executed in the time between powering the device up and reading data from the device or transitioning from one mode to another mode of operation.
a. Power up the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies, keeping the SHDNZ pin voltage low b. The device now goes into hardware shutdown mode (ultra-low-power mode < 1 µA)
a. Release SHDNZ only when the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies settle to the steady-state operating
voltage b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers initialization c. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) 3. Transition from sleep mode to active mode whenever required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Override the default configuration registers or programmable coefficients value as required (this step is
optional) d. Configure channel 1 to channel 4 (CHx_INSRC) for the digital microphone as the input source for
recording e. Configure GPO1 to GPO4 (GPOx_CFG) as the PDMCLK output f. Configure GPI1 to GPI4 (GPI1x_CFG) as PDMDIN1 to PDMDIN4, respectively g. Enable all desired input channels by writing to P0_R115 h. Enable all desired audio serial interface output channels by writing to P0_R116 i. Power-up the ADC and PLL by writing to P0_R117 j. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio
This specific step can be done at any point in the sequence after step a. See the Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation section for supported sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio. k. The device recording data is now sent to the host processor using the TDM audio serial data bus 4. Transition from active mode to sleep mode (again) as required in the system for low-power operation:
a. Enter sleep mode by writing to P0_R2 to enable sleep mode b. Wait at least 6 ms (when FSYNC = 48 kHz) for the volume to ramp down and for all blocks to power
down c. Read P0_R119 to check the device shutdown and sleep mode status d. If the device P0_R119_D7 status bit is 1'b1 then stop FSYNC and BCLK in the system e. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) and retains all register values 5. Transition from sleep mode to active mode (again) as required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio d. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor using the TDM audio serial data bus
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 111 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com 9.2.2.2.1 Example Device Register Configuration Script for EVM Setup This section provides a typical EVM I 2 C register control script that shows how to set up the TLV320ADC3140 in an eight-channel digital PDM microphone recording mode.
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
In master mode operation with I 2 S or LJ format, the device generates FSYNC half a cycle earlier than the normal protocol timing behavior expected. This timing behavior can still function for most of the system, however for further details and a suggested workaround for this weakness, see the Configuring and Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report. The automatic gain controller (AGC) feature has some limitation when using sampling rates lower than 44.1 kHz. For further details about this limitation, see the Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report.
The power-supply sequence between the IOVDD and AVDD rails can be applied in any order. However, keep the SHDNZ pin low until the IOVDD supply voltage settles to a stable and supported operating voltage range. After all supplies are stable, set the SHDNZ pin high to initialize the device.
For the supply power-up requirement, t 1 and t 2 must be at least 100 µs. For the supply power-down requirement, t 3 and t 4 must be at least 10 ms. This timing (as shown in Figure 169) allows the device to ramp down the volume on the record data, power down the analog and digital blocks, and put the device into hardware shutdown mode. The device can also be immediately put into hardware shutdown mode from active mode if SHDNZ_CFG[1:0] is set to 2'b00 using the P0_R5_D[3:2] bits. In that case, t 3 and t 4 are required to be at least 100 µs.
AVDD t 1 IOVDD t
3 SHDNZ t 4 t 2 Figure 169. Power-Supply Sequencing Requirement Timing Diagram Make sure that the supply ramp rate is slower than 1 V/µs and that the wait time between a power-down and a power-up event is at least 100 ms. After releasing SHDNZ, or after a software reset, delay any additional I 2 C or SPI transactions to the device for at least 2 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers. See the Device Functional Modes section for details on how the device operates in various modes after the device power supplies are settled to the recommended operating voltage levels. The TLV320ADC3140 supports a single AVDD supply operation by integrating an on-chip digital regulator, DREG, and an analog regulator, AREG. However, if the AVDD voltage is less than 1.98 V in the system, then short the AREG and AVDD pins onboard and do not enable the internal AREG by keeping the AREG_SELECT bit to 1b'0 (default value) of P0_R2. If the AVDD supply used in the system is higher than 2.7 V, then the host device can set AREG_SELECT to 1'b1 while exiting sleep mode to allow the device internal regulator to generate the AREG supply.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 113 TLV320ADC3140 SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019 www.ti.com
Each system design and printed circuit board (PCB) layout is unique. The layout must be carefully reviewed in the context of a specific PCB design. However, the following guidelines can optimize the device performance: • Connect the thermal pad to ground. Use a via pattern to connect the device thermal pad, which is the area
directly under the device, to the ground planes. This connection helps dissipate heat from the device. • The decoupling capacitors for the power supplies must be placed close to the device pins. • Route the analog differential audio signals differentially on the PCB for better noise immunity. Avoid crossing
digital and analog signals to prevent undesirable crosstalk. • The device internal voltage references must be filtered using external capacitors. Place the filter capacitors
near the VREF pin for optimal performance. • Directly tap the MICBIAS pin to avoid common impedance when routing the biasing or supply traces for
multiple microphones to avoid coupling across microphones. • Directly short the VREF and MICBIAS external capacitors ground terminal to the AVSS pin without using any
vias for this connection trace. • Place the MICBIAS capacitor (with low equivalent series resistance) close to the device with minimal trace
impedance. • Use ground planes to provide the lowest impedance for power and signal current between the device and the
decoupling capacitors. Treat the area directly under the device as a central ground area for the device, and all device grounds must be connected directly to that area.
IOVDD GPIO1 SDA_SSZ VSS
AREG SCL_MOSI VREF ADD0_SCLK AVSS ADD1_MISO IN4M_GPO4 IN4P_GPI4 IN3P_GPI3 IN3M_GPO3 IN2M_GPO2 IN2P_GPI2 SHDNZ
IN1M_GPO1 IN1P_GPI1 MICBIAS Digital control signal connections 1 AVDD SDOUT BCLK FSYNC 24 DREG Audio output interface connections Audio input signal connections
Figure 170. Layout Example 114 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC3140 www.ti.com SBAS993B – MAY 2019 – REVISED OCTOBER 2019
12.1.1 Related Documentation For related documentation see the following: • Texas Instruments, Multiple TLV320ADCx140 Devices With a Shared TDM and I 2 C Bus application report • Texas Instruments, Configuring and Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application
report • Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Sampling Rates and Programmable Processing Blocks Supported
application report • Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Programmable Biquad Filter Configuration and Applications application
report • Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Operation for Low-Power Critical Applications application report • Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Power Consumption Matrix Across Various Usage Scenarios
application report • Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Integrated Analog Antialiasing Filter and Flexible Digital Filter
application report • Texas Instruments, Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report • Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Evaluation module user's guide • Texas Instruments, PurePath™ Console Graphical Development Suite for Audio System Design and
Development
To receive notification of documentation updates, navigate to the device product folder on ti.com. In the upper right corner, click on Alert me to register and receive a weekly digest of any product information that has changed. For change details, review the revision history included in any revised document.
TI E2E™ support forums are an engineer's go-to source for fast, verified answers and design help — straight from the experts. Search existing answers or ask your own question to get the quick design help you need. Linked content is provided "AS IS" by the respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of Use.
Burr-Brown, PurePath, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with

appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
SLYZ022 — TI Glossary.
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.
Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Product Folder Links: TLV320ADC3140 115
www.ti.com 28-Apr-2026
Orderable part number (1)
Status Material type
(1) (2)
Package | Pins Package qty | Carrier RoHS
(3)
Lead finish/ Ball material MSL rating/ Peak reflow
(4) (5)
Op temp (°C) Part marking
(6)
| (4) | (5) | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 6PADC3140IRTWRG4 | Active | Production | WQFN (RTW) \ | 24 | 3000 \ | LARGE T&R | Yes | NIPDAU | Level-1-260C-UNLIM | -40 to 125 | ADC3140 |
| 6PADC3140IRTWRG4.A | Active | Production | WQFN (RTW) \ | 24 | 3000 \ | LARGE T&R | Yes | NIPDAU | Level-1-260C-UNLIM | -40 to 125 | ADC3140 |
| TLV320ADC3140IRTWR | Active | Production | WQFN (RTW) \ | 24 | 3000 \ | LARGE T&R | Yes | SN | Level-1-260C-UNLIM | -40 to 125 | ADC3140 |
| TLV320ADC3140IRTWR.A | Active | Production | WQFN (RTW) \ | 24 | 3000 \ | LARGE T&R | Yes | SN | Level-1-260C-UNLIM | -40 to 125 | ADC3140 |
| TLV320ADC3140IRTWT | Active | Production | WQFN (RTW) \ | 24 | 250 \ | SMALL T&R | Yes | SN | Level-1-260C-UNLIM | -40 to 125 | ADC3140 |
| TLV320ADC3140IRTWT.A | Active | Production | WQFN (RTW) \ | 24 | 250 \ | SMALL T&R | Yes | SN | Level-1-260C-UNLIM | -40 to 125 | ADC3140 |
(2) Material type: When designated, preproduction parts are prototypes/experimental devices, and are not yet approved or released for full production. Testing and final process, including without limitation quality assurance, reliability performance testing, and/or process qualification, may not yet be complete, and this item is subject to further changes or possible discontinuation. If available for ordering, purchases will be subject to an additional waiver at checkout, and are intended for early internal evaluation purposes only. These items are sold without warranties of any kind.
(3) RoHS values: Yes, No, RoHS Exempt. See the TI RoHS Statement for additional information and value definition.
(4) Lead finish/Ball material: Parts may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.
(5) MSL rating/Peak reflow: The moisture sensitivity level ratings and peak solder (reflow) temperatures. In the event that a part has multiple moisture sensitivity ratings, only the lowest level per JEDEC standards is shown. Refer to the shipping label for the actual reflow temperature that will be used to mount the part to the printed circuit board.
(6) Part marking: There may be an additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category of the part.
Multiple part markings will be inside parentheses. Only one part marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a part. If a line is indented then it is a continuation of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire part marking for that device.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals. TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 1
www.ti.com 28-Apr-2026 Addendum-Page 2
www.ti.com 18-Jun-2025
REEL DIMENSIONS TAPE DIMENSIONS
K0 P1 B0 W Reel Diameter
Cavity
A0 B0 K0 W P1 A0
Dimension designed to accommodate the component width Dimension designed to accommodate the component length Dimension designed to accommodate the component thickness Overall width of the carrier tape Pitch between successive cavity centers Reel Width (W1)
QUADRANT ASSIGNMENTS FOR PIN 1 ORIENTATION IN TAPE
Sprocket Holes Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q3 Q4 User Direction of Feed Pocket Quadrants *All dimensions are nominal
Device Package Package Pins
Type Drawing SPQ Reel Reel A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0 (mm)
K0 (mm)
P1 (mm)
W Pin1 (mm) Quadrant 6PADC3140IRTWRG4 WQFN RTW 24 3000 330.0 12.4 4.25 4.25 1.15 8.0 12.0 Q2 TLV320ADC3140IRTWR WQFN RTW 24 3000 330.0 TLV320ADC3140IRTWT WQFN RTW 24 250 180.0 12.4 4.25 4.25 1.15 8.0 12.0 Q2 12.4 4.25 4.25 1.15 8.0 12.0 Q2 Pack Materials-Page 1
www.ti.com 18-Jun-2025 TAPE AND REEL BOX DIMENSIONS Width (mm)
W L H *All dimensions are nominal
| Device | Package Type | Package Drawing | Pins | SPQ | Length (mm) | Width (mm) | Height (mm) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 6PADC3140IRTWRG4 | WQFN | RTW | 24 | 3000 | 367.0 | 367.0 | 35.0 |
| TLV320ADC3140IRTWR | WQFN | RTW | 24 | 3000 | 367.0 | 367.0 | 35.0 |
| TLV320ADC3140IRTWT | WQFN | RTW | 24 | 250 | 210.0 | 185.0 | 35.0 |
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD 4 x 4, 0.5 mm pitch This image is a representation of the package family, actual package may vary.
Refer to the product data sheet for package details.





4224801/A www.ti.com
TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATASHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS” AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable standards, and any other safety, security, regulatory or other requirements. These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you permission to use these resources only for development of an application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third party intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any claims, damages, costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these resources. TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale, TI’s General Quality Guidelines, or other applicable terms available either on ti.com or provided in conjunction with such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s applicable warranties or warranty disclaimers for TI products. Unless TI explicitly designates a product as custom or customer-specified, TI products are standard, catalog, general purpose devices. TI objects to and rejects any additional or different terms you may propose. IMPORTANT NOTICE Copyright © 2026, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Last updated 10/2025